Form 10-K
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2010
Commission File No. 001-34751
National American University Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
83-0479936 |
(State or other jurisdiction
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer |
of incorporation or organization)
|
|
Identification No.) |
|
|
|
5301 S. Highway 16, Suite 200 |
|
|
Rapid City, SD
|
|
57701 |
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
(Zip Code) |
(605) 721-5200
(Registrants telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Common Stock, $.0001 par Value
|
|
The NASDAQ Stock Market |
Title of each class
|
|
Name of each exchange on which registered |
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:
None
(Title of class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule
405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section
13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed
by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its
corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant
to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation
S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of
registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated
filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definition of large
accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer o
|
|
Accelerated filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
Smaller reporting company þ |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of
the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
As of August 16, 2010, there were 26,369,653 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per
share outstanding.
The aggregate market value of the registrants common stock held by non-affiliates computed by
reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold as of November 30, 2009, the last
business day of the registrants most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately
$27.1 million.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain portions of the Registrants Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders (which is expected to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of
the Registrants 2010 fiscal year) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.
NATIONAL AMERICAN UNIVERSITY HOLDINGS, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K
INDEX
-2-
PART I
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document and the documents incorporated by reference herein contain forward-looking
statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the
Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange
Act. We may, in some cases, use words such as project, believe, anticipate, plan, expect,
estimate, intend, should, would, could, potentially, will or may, or other words
that convey uncertainty of future events, future financial performance, expectations, regulation or
outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include,
without limitation, statements regarding proposed new programs, statements concerning projections,
predictions, expectations, estimates or forecasts as to our business, financial and operational
results and future economic performance, and statements of managements goals and objectives and
other similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts.
Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results
and will not necessarily be accurate indications that such performance or results will be achieved.
Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time those statements are made
or managements good faith belief as of that time with respect to future events and are subject to
risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from
those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could
cause such differences include:
|
|
|
our ability to comply with the extensive and changing regulatory framework applicable
to our industry, including Title IV, state laws and regulatory requirements and
accrediting agency requirements; |
|
|
|
the ability of our students to obtain Title IV funds, state financial aid, and
private financing; |
|
|
|
the pace of growth of our enrollment; |
|
|
|
our conversion of prospective students to enrolled students and our retention of
active students; |
|
|
|
our ability to update and expand the content of existing programs and the development
of new programs in a cost-effective manner or on a timely basis; |
|
|
|
the competitive environment in which we operate; |
|
|
|
our cash needs and expectations regarding cash flow from operations; |
|
|
|
our ability to manage and grow our business and execution of our business and growth
strategies; |
|
|
|
our ability to maintain and expand existing commercial relationships with various
corporations and U.S. Armed Forces and develop new commercial relationships; |
|
|
|
our ability to adjust to the changing economic conditions; |
|
|
|
our ability to use advances in technology that could enhance the online experience
for our students; |
|
|
|
our ability to sell the condominium units we own, and the general condition of the
real estate market, in Rapid City, South Dakota; |
|
|
|
our estimated financial results or performance; |
-3-
|
|
|
our financial performance generally; and |
|
|
|
other factors discussed in this annual report under the captions Risk Factors,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Business, and Regulatory Matters. |
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made. You should not
put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly
update any forward-looking statements after the date of this annual report to reflect actual
results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting forward-looking information,
except to the extent required by applicable laws. If we do update one or more forward-looking
statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those
or other forward-looking statements.
Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms we, us, our and the Company used
throughout this document refer to National American University Holdings, Inc. and its wholly owned
subsidiary, Dlorah, Inc., which owns and operates National American University, sometimes referred
to as NAU or the university.
Item 1. Business.
Overview
We are a provider of post-secondary education primarily focused on the needs of working adults
and other non-traditional students. We own and operate National American University, a regionally
accredited, for-profit institution of higher learning founded in 1941. Using both campus-based and
online instruction, we provide Associate, Bachelors and Masters degree and diploma programs in
business-related disciplines, such as accounting, applied management and business administration,
and healthcare-related disciplines, such as nursing and healthcare management. Our mission is to
prepare students of diverse interests, cultures and abilities for careers in our core fields in a
caring and supportive environment.
We provide academic options that are flexible and convenient for our students. We currently
lease 23 educational sites (four of which are pending regulatory approvals) in the states of
Colorado, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, South Dakota and Texas. Also, since
1998, we have been offering academic and degree programs online. In addition, nine of our
educational sites are hybrid learning centers, which utilize small physical facilities in strategic
geographic areas, allowing our students to meet face-to-face with staff for assistance with their
educational choices and related services while completing the majority of their coursework online.
Working adults and other non-traditional students are attracted to the flexibility of our online
programs and the convenience of our hybrid learning centers.
We continue to experience significant growth in student enrollment, revenue and profits. Our
enrollment increased from approximately 6,500 students as of May 31, 2009, to approximately 8,800
students as of May 31, 2010, representing an annual growth rate of approximately 35%. Our revenue
grew to $89.8 million for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2010 from $62.6 million for the fiscal year
ended 2009, an increase of 43.5%. Income before non-controlling interest and taxes for the fiscal
year ended May 31, 2010, was $16.5 million as compared to an income before non-controlling interest
and taxes of $4.9 million for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009. We believe our recent growth in
student enrollment, revenue and profit is the result of our marketing programs and attractive
educational programs with flexible scheduling alternatives as well as a general increase in the
demand for post-secondary education. In addition, we believe we have an opportunity to continue
increasing revenue while controlling costs by further leveraging our online offerings and hybrid
learning centers.
-4-
University History
Originally founded in 1941, NAU, then operating under the name National School of Business,
offered specialized business training to college students. During the late 1960s and early 1970s,
the university progressed from a two-year business school to a four-year college of business and
embarked on a recruitment of qualified graduates of one- and two-year programs from accredited
business schools in the eastern United States. Such programs allowed students to continue their
education and receive appropriate transfer credit for their previous academic achievements. In
1974, the university, then known as National College, added its first branch educational site in
Sioux Falls, South Dakota, followed later that year by educational sites in Denver and Colorado
Springs, Colorado, and Minneapolis and St. Paul, Minnesota. The university offered conveniently
scheduled courses that would lead to a degree appealing to working adults and other non-traditional
students.
Since 1974, we have continued to expand educational sites, to add online education and to
develop graduate degree programs. We have also developed professional programs in nursing and
allied health that allow students to pursue degrees in these areas in a flexible learning
environment. In addition, we have leveraged our online expertise into affiliations with other
educational institutions that lack such online capabilities. Through these affiliations, which have
resulted in increased revenue with little additional cost, we provide other institutions our
curricula, faculty, consulting and technology services to enable them to deliver academic programs
online. We have also created our Best of Both Worlds Instructional Delivery Platform program
that, often in affiliation with foreign educational institutions, distributes our courses over the
Internet to international students.
Corporate History
National American University Holdings, Inc., formerly known as Camden Learning Corporation,
was organized under the laws of the State of Delaware on April 10, 2007, as a blank check company
to acquire one or more domestic or international assets of an operating business in the education
industry. On November 23, 2009, as a result of a merger transaction with Dlorah, Inc., a South
Dakota corporation, which owns and operates NAU, Dlorah became our wholly owned subsidiary. For
accounting purposes, Dlorah was the acquirer and the transaction was
accounted for as a
recapitalization. Accordingly, the financial statements included in
this Form 10-K reflect the
results of Dlorah. We conduct substantially all of our business and generate substantially all of
our revenue through Dlorah. Our primary business is the operations of National American
University, which generated 97.9% of our revenue in fiscal year 2010. We also have multi-family
residential real estate operations in Rapid City, South Dakota, which generated 2.1% of our revenue
in fiscal year 2010.
Our Core Values
Since our inception, we have been guided by the following core values, which we believe have
contributed to our success in obtaining and retaining students and faculty:
|
|
|
provide a caring and supportive learning environment; |
|
|
|
offer high quality instructional programs and services; and |
|
|
|
offer technical and professional career programs. |
These core values have remained our foundation as we expanded from a single education site
offering specialized business training to a multi-state diversified educational institution. We
promote understanding and support of our mission and core values through participation of students,
faculty, staff administrators and the board of governors in the governance and administrative
structures of the university. We have adopted and implemented policies and procedures within these
structures to ensure that we adhere to our core values and operate with integrity as we fulfill our
mission.
-5-
Our commitment to these core values is evidenced in the daily interactions among our students,
faculty, staff and administrators. The last two biennial comprehensive institutional student
surveys conducted in 2007 and 2009 found that the four characteristics receiving the highest
student satisfaction rating cumulatively across the university were:
|
|
|
the caring and supportive attitude by faculty toward students; |
|
|
|
the caring and supportive attitude by staff toward students; |
|
|
|
the quality of instruction in the major coursework; and |
|
|
|
the caring and supportive attitude by administration toward students. |
Approach to Academic Quality
We have identified a number of key elements to promote a high level of academic quality, and
they include:
Performance based, career-oriented curricula. We create performance-based curricula designed
to enable all students to gain the foundational knowledge, professional competencies and
demonstrable skills required to be successful in their chosen fields. We design our curricula to
address specific career-oriented objectives we believe working adult and other non-traditional
students are seeking. We have invested significant human and financial resources in the
implementation of this curricula development to support faculty and students in achieving
prescribed student learning outcomes. Our performance-based curricula is designed and delivered by
our faculty members who are committed to delivering a high quality, rigorous education.
Qualified faculty. We seek to hire and retain qualified faculty members with relevant
practical experience and the necessary skills to provide a high-quality education for our students.
A significant percentage of our current faculty members hold graduate degrees. We often seek
faculty members who are able to integrate relevant, practical experiences from their professional
careers into the courses they teach. We also invest in the professional development of our faculty
members by providing training in campus and online teaching techniques, hosting events and
discussion forums that foster sharing of best practices and continually assessing teaching
effectiveness through administrative reviews and student evaluations.
Standardized course design. We employ a standardized curriculum development process to promote
consistent active learning experiences in our courses. We continue to review our programs in an
effort to ensure they remain consistent, up-to-date and effective in producing the desired student
learning outcomes. We also regularly review student survey data to identify opportunities for
course modifications and enhancements.
Effective student services. We establish teams of academic and administrative personnel who
act as the primary support for our students, beginning at the application stage and continuing
through graduation. In recent years, we have also concentrated on improving the technology used to
support student learning, including enhancing our online learning platform and student services. As
a result, many of our support services, including academic, administrative, library and career
services are accessible online, generally allowing users to access these services at a time and in
a manner convenient to them.
Continual academic oversight. The academic oversight and assessment functions for all of our
programs are conducted through the provosts office and other academic offices, which periodically
evaluate the content, delivery method, faculty performance and desired student learning outcomes
for our academic programs. We continually assess outcomes data to determine whether our students
graduate with the knowledge, competencies and skills necessary to succeed in the workplace. Our
provost also initiates and manages periodic examinations of our curricula to evaluate and verify
academic program quality and
workplace applicability. Based on these processes and student feedback, we determine whether
to modify or discontinue programs that do not meet our standards or market needs, or to create new
programs.
-6-
Board of Governors. We maintain a separate board of governors to oversee the academic mission
of the university. Among other things, the board of governors is responsible for determining the
mission and purposes of the university, approving educational programs and ensuring the well-being
of students, faculty and staff. A majority of the members of the board of governors are
independent, and most of the current members have been members of our board of governors for a
number of years. The oversight and guidance of our board of governors has been critical to our
growth and the maintenance of our academic standards.
Industry and Outlook
In a March 2009 report by the U.S. Department of Educations National Center for Education
Statistics, the number of students enrolled in post-secondary institutions was 18.2 million in 2007
and is projected to grow to 20.1 million by 2017. We believe a significant element causing the
growth of the post-secondary education market is the growth of online education. The advent of the
Internet and the ability to provide quality instruction to students via the Internet has made
education available to persons who otherwise might not have time to obtain such education. This is
especially true for working adults who often have limited time and resources to devote to
education. According to Eduventures Inc., a leading information services company for the education
market, online enrollment is projected to grow to 2.9 million students by 2011 and 4.0 million
students by 2014.
While the post-secondary education market is poised to grow, the post-secondary education
industry is also highly competitive and highly fragmented. As of June 2009, there were more than
4,000 colleges and universities in the United States. Of these, there were several hundred
non-profit and for-profit educational institutions that operate in the post-secondary education
markets in which we operate.
We compete with both for-profit and non-profit career-oriented schools, two-year junior
colleges and community colleges. Competition is generally based on location, program offerings,
modality, the quality of instruction, placement rates, selectivity of admissions, recruiting and
tuition rates. We seek to compete against community colleges by offering more frequent start dates,
more flexible hours, better instructional resources, more hands on training, shorter program length
and greater assistance with job placement. We also seek to compete against other career schools by
focusing on offering high demand, career-oriented programs, providing individual attention to
students, having an experienced executive management team with a strong operating history, and
focusing on flexible degrees for working adults and other non-traditional students. We believe we
are able to compete effectively in our respective local markets because of the diversity of our
program offerings, quality of instruction, the strength of our brand, our reputation and our
success in placing students with employers.
We also compete with other institutions that are eligible to receive Title IV program funding.
These include four-year, non-profit colleges and universities, community colleges and for-profit
institutions, whether they offer programs that are four years, two years or less. Our competition
differs in each market depending on the curriculum offered. Also, because schools can often add new
programs in a relatively short period of time, typically within six to 12 months, new competitors
within an academic program area can emerge quickly.
Certain institutions have competitive advantages over us. Non-profit and public institutions
receive substantial government subsidies, government and foundation grants and tax-deductible
contributions and have other financial resources generally not available to for-profit schools. In
addition, some of our for-profit competitors have a more extended or dense network of schools and
campuses, which may enable them to recruit students more efficiently from a wider geographic area.
Furthermore, some of our competitors, including both traditional colleges and universities and
other for-profit schools, have substantially greater financial and other resources and name
recognition than we have, which may enable them to compete more effectively for potential students.
We also expect to face increased competition as a
result of new entrants to the online education market, including established colleges and
universities that have not previously offered online education programs.
-7-
Competitive Strengths
We believe the following strengths enable us to compete effectively in the post-secondary
education market:
Our hybrid learning centers allow for greater leverage of assets. Our hybrid learning centers
provide students with the convenience of face-to-face interaction with local staff for assistance
with their education planning. In addition, these centers provide an opportunity for students to
take certain courses at our educational sites while taking the majority of their classes online.
This provides students with a more flexible class experience and us with an opportunity to further
leverage our fixed assets.
Our nursing and allied health programs. We have developed well-recognized nursing and allied
health programs that provide students with an opportunity to obtain a professional degree. We
continue to expand these programs and have applied for approval of new baccalaureate nursing
programs in Texas and New Mexico. Our current nursing programs include an Associate of Science
mobility program, Associate of Science Nursing, generic Bachelor of Science in Nursing, practical
nurse to Bachelor of Science in Nursing, online Registered Nurse to Bachelor of Science Nursing
program and Master of Science Nursing.
Our academic and regulatory excellence. We are regionally accredited through the Higher
Learning Commission and are a member of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. In
addition, many of our programs maintain specialized or programmatic accreditation on approval,
including accreditation from the National League of Nursing Accrediting Commission, the
International Assembly for Collegiate Business Education and approval by the American Bar
Association for certain paralegal programs.
Our educational affiliations. We began offering online academic programs in 1998, and since
then we have developed significant expertise in curricula and technology related to online
education. We have leveraged this knowledge by establishing a number of affiliations with other
educational institutions. Through these relationships, we provide the curricula, faculty consulting
and technology services to these other institutions. We believe these affiliations offer
significant opportunities for revenue diversification, asset leverage and revenue growth.
Our commitment to high demand, career-oriented programs. We are committed to offering quality,
performance-based educational programs to meet the needs of employers. Our programs are designed to
help our students achieve their career objectives in a competitive job market. Our programs are
taught by qualified faculty members, who often have practical experience in their respective
fields, offering students their real-world experience perspectives. We periodically review and
assess our programs and faculty to ensure that our programs are current and meet the changing
demands of employers.
Our focus on individual attention to students. We believe in providing individual attention to
our students to ensure an excellent educational experience. We provide a number of student support
services, including administrative, financial aid, library, career and technology support, to help
maximize the success of our students. We also provide personal guidance to our students from the
admissions and financing stages to the career placement and advising stages.
Our focus on flexible coursework, degrees and diplomas. We have designed our program offerings
and our online delivery platform with flexible scheduling to meet the needs of working adults and
other non-traditional students. We offer on-site day, evening and weekend classes, as well as
online degree and diploma programs. For even greater scheduling flexibility, our hybrid learning
centers offer a blended model of learning that incorporates on-site classes with online classes. We
believe working adults and other non-traditional students are attracted to the convenience and
flexibility of our programs because they can study and interact with faculty and classmates during
times and at places that suit their needs.
-8-
Our experienced executive management team with strong operating history. Our executive
management team possesses extensive experience in the management and operation of post-secondary
education institutions. Our president, Dr. Jerry Gallentine, has worked in the education industry
for over 44 years. Throughout his career, Dr. Gallentine has taught various courses as a professor
and also served as a president of various higher learning institutions before guiding our growth
and development since 1993. Dr. Ronald Shape, our chief executive officer and chief financial
officer, began his career in higher education with us in 1991. He began teaching courses in
accounting, auditing and finance in 1995. Dr. Shape became our chief fiscal officer in 2002 and our
chief executive officer in April 2009. Dr. Samuel Kerr is our provost, secretary and general
counsel. Dr. Kerr began his career in the education industry in 1983 as a high school
English/Journalism instructor. He also taught education courses for a local college. After
graduating from law school, he started his legal practice in 1992, serving in the capacities of
special assistant attorney general for South Dakota State University, special assistant attorney
general for South Dakota Department of Transportation, and our outside legal counsel. Dr. Kerr is
also a faculty member in our graduate school. Venessa D. Green is the chief financial officer of
NAU and began her career with NAU in December 2004. Ms. Green has also served as an adjunct
faculty member of NAU since December 2006 teaching in both the undergraduate and graduate
disciplines. Ms. Green is a licensed certified public accountant in the State of South Dakota and
has been a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the South Dakota
Certified Public Accountant Society since 2007. Michaelle J. Holland is our regional president of
NAU East and Southeast regions. Ms. Holland began her career at NAU in 1991, left NAU to work
for Lincoln School of Commerce from 1999-2002, and then returned back to NAU in June 2007. Lisa L.
Knigge is our regional president of NAU Southwest Region where she oversees operations for
Denver, Colorado, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Austin, Texas, Albuquerque, New Mexico, and Rio
Rancho, New Mexico. Ms. Knigge has worked for the university since 1991. Dr. Robert A. Paxton was
appointed to the president of NAU Distance Learning in January 2009. From January 1995 to August
2008, Dr. Paxton served as president of Iowa Central Community College. Dr. Paxton served as vice
president of instruction of Cowley County Community College and Area Vocational-Technical School,
Arkansas City, Kansas, from June 1990 to December 1994 and as dean of student services from July
1988 to June 1990. Scott E. Toothman was appointed as vice president of institutional support and
military services for NAU in February 2010. From February 2004 to February 2010, Mr. Toothman was
the campus director for NAUs Ellsworth Air Force Base campus. From September 2002 to February
2004, he served as an instructor for NAU. Michael Buckingham was appointed president of our real
estate operations as of the closing of our merger with Dlorah (November 23, 2009). Mr. Buckingham
oversees the maintenance of all the campuses in the NAU system, as well as properties being
developed by our real estate operations. Mr. Buckingham served as corporate vice president of
Dlorah from 1992, and the president of our real estate operations from 1988, until the closing of
the Dlorah merger.
Business Development and Expansion
Our expansion of academic program offerings has contributed to our growth. In response to
workforce and student demand, we have expanded our undergraduate healthcare-related programming and
our graduate programs in business and management. We continue to focus on offering a variety of
in-demand degree programs in multiple locations and delivery formats. On all levels, we consider
changes in student demographics, demand for degree programs and employment outlook in our business
development decision-making processes. Our planning process includes long-range planning,
feasibility studies, market research and a variety of other research projects involving changing
job markets. In that regard, we continue to focus on addressing current societal and economic
trends and engaging in appropriate analysis and planning for the programs and markets we seek to
develop.
Since opening our first branch campus in Sioux Falls, South Dakota, in 1974, a central part of
our growth strategy has been developing and opening educational sites in vibrant and growing
communities with expanding workforces. In 2009, we opened a new hybrid learning center in
Minnetonka, Minnesota, that offers blended online and on-campus degree programs. Although smaller
than our traditional educational sites, these hybrid learning centers, in collaboration with our
online operations, offer complete programs and services to our students. We believe our significant
experience and success in expanding and
supporting new educational sites and hybrid learning centers positions us well for continued
growth and expansion.
-9-
We began offering academic degree and diploma programs online in 1998, through what we refer
to as our distance learning campus. We were one of the first regionally accredited universities to
be approved by the Higher Learning Commission to offer full degree programs under an Internet-based
delivery methodology. We have invested heavily in the creation and evolution of a sophisticated and
reliable online delivery system. We have successfully served online students in each of the 50
states and the District of Columbia, as well as internationally. The distance learning campus has
grown as an organizational structure, providing a scope of service consistent with the universitys
other campuses. Careful consideration was afforded to preserving the student-centered philosophy of
the university while capitalizing on the technological advancements in online delivery. The
organization of the distance learning campus continues to evolve in response to increasing
enrollment and the expanding sphere of quality services available to our students.
Recognizing the current and future impact of globalization on higher education, we have worked
actively to enroll international students. Throughout the late 1990s, we were very active in
developing international affiliations with foreign colleges and universities. Such affiliations
have brought students from other countries to the universitys education sites in the United States
to complete their studies. Many academically capable and motivated students from foreign countries
desire to study in the United States but are not able to do so for various reasons, including
inadequate financial resources, family and work obligations in their home countries and immigration
restrictions. We work with foreign colleges and universities to develop in-country solutions that
meet the needs of these students. Our Best of Both Worlds Instructional Delivery Platform
strategic initiative was the result of this collaborative work. Over 1,400 international students
have graduated from the Best of Both Worlds Instructional Delivery Platform programs over the
past seven years. We currently have affiliations with educational institutions in Chile, Bolivia,
United Arab Emirates and Greece. Additional international affiliations are being pursued in the
Czech Republic, Saudi Arabia, Serbia, Brazil and China. These affiliations represent a core
component of our strategy to offer educational programs to students abroad.
Growth Strategies
Expand academic program offerings. We will continue developing and offering new physical and
online programs that have attractive characteristics. We launched three new online programs in
academic year 2008, including a criminal justice program, and two new online programs in the first
nine months of academic year 2009, including a healthcare coding program. Our new program offerings
typically build on existing programs and incorporate additional specialized courses, which offer
students the opportunity to pursue programs that address their specific educational objectives
while allowing us to expand our program offerings with modest incremental investment.
Increase our online academic program offering. We will continue leveraging our physical assets
by offering additional academic programs online and encouraging existing and new students to use
online services.
Expand hybrid learning centers. We will continue expanding the number of hybrid learning
centers to better meet the needs of existing students as well as to reach new student populations
in strategic geographic locations.
Increase enrollment in existing academic programs. We will continue focusing on increasing
enrollment in our core academic programs by continuing to refine our marketing and recruiting
efforts to identify, enroll and retain students seeking careers in the academic programs we offer.
We also will continue focusing on retaining students and helping them to complete the coursework
necessary to accomplish their educational goals. We believe that the depth and quality of our
existing core programs will provide ample opportunity for additional growth.
-10-
Continue to expand our physical presence. We will to continue expanding the number of
educational sites and increasing the overall size of our educational sites, as needed, to support
growing academic programs, such as nursing.
Further enhance brand recognition. We will seek to increase our name and brand recognition by
continuing to use online and other marketing campaigns, establishing strategic brand relationships
with recognized industry leaders and developing complementary resources in our core programs. In
our marketing efforts, we plan to emphasize the performance-based curricula philosophy and career
orientation of our academic programs. We will seek to promote our brand by establishing
relationships with industry leaders who have recognizable identities with potential students and
further validate the quality and relevance of our program offerings.
Expand relationships with private sector and government employers. We will seek additional
relationships with healthcare systems, businesses and other employers, including governmental and
military employers, through which we can market our program offerings to their respective
employees. In that effort, we have established a national account with CuNet, a company consisting
of professionals with significant sales and marketing experience, that seeks to develop strategic
relationships on a regional, national and international basis. These relationships provide
enrollment opportunities for the universitys programs, build recognition among employers in our
core disciplines and enable us to identify new degree and diploma programs that are in demand by
students and employers.
Leverage infrastructure. We intend to continue making significant investments in our people,
processes and technology infrastructure. We believe these investments have prepared us to deliver
our academic programs to a larger student population with only modest incremental investment. Our
current infrastructure is capable of supporting a larger number of admissions representatives, and
we intend to expand this group to further support our continued enrollment growth. Further, we are
continuing to expand our learning management system to better serve the demands of our growing
student population and have also expanded our student and technology support capabilities to
support a larger student base. We have also invested in administrative and management personnel and
systems to prepare for our anticipated growth. We intend to leverage these investments as we seek
to grow enrollment, which we believe will allow us to increase our operating margins over time.
Continue to expand our educational affiliations. We will continue expanding the number of
affiliations we have with other educational institutions in which we provide online program
services. These programs meet a substantial need of our affiliates while providing us with
additional sources of revenue.
Pursue strategic acquisitions. We will consider acquisitions of educational institutions with
the potential for program replication, new areas of study, new markets with attractive growth
opportunities, further expansion of our online delivery capability and advanced degree programs.
Accreditation and Program Approvals
We believe the quality of our academic programs is evidenced by the university and
program-specific accreditations and approvals we have obtained. We obtained our initial
accreditation from the Higher Learning Commission in 1985 for our then-existing Bachelors degrees.
Since then, we have continued to grow and expand by obtaining accrediting commission approval for
new geographic sites and graduate degree programs, and by expanding program delivery in
international locations in cooperation with in-country institutions of higher learning.
-11-
In addition to institution-wide accreditation, there are numerous specialized accrediting
commissions that accredit specific programs or schools within their jurisdiction, particularly in
healthcare and professional fields. Accreditation of specific programs by one of these specialized
accrediting commissions signifies that those programs have met the additional standards of those
agencies. In addition to being accredited by the Higher Learning Commission, we also have a number
of specialized accreditations, including the National League of Nursing Accrediting Commission and
the International Assembly for Collegiate Business Education. Also, our paralegal program is
approved by the American Bar Association.
We are approved for veterans training and for administering various educational programs
sponsored by federal and state agencies, such as the Bureau of Indian Affairs, the Social Security
Administration and various state rehabilitation services. We believe our regional accreditation
with the Higher Learning Commission and our specialized accreditations and approvals of core
programs reflect the quality of and standards we set for our programs.
Programs and Areas of Study
We offer Master of Business Administration, Master of Management, Master of Science in
Nursing, Bachelor of Science, Associate of Applied Science and Associate of Science degrees, with a
variety of program options leading to each of these degrees. Many of the degree programs offer the
opportunity to focus on one or more emphasis areas. We also offer diploma programs consisting of a
series of courses focused on a particular area of study for students seeking to enhance their
skills and knowledge in the areas of healthcare coding, practical nursing, therapeutic massage and
veterinary assisting.
Under the overall leadership of our senior academic affairs personnel and academic deans, as
of May 31, 2010, we offered the following academic degree and diploma programs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Graduate Degrees |
|
Associate Degrees |
|
|
Master of Business (Generalist) |
|
|
|
Accounting |
|
|
Master of Business Administration |
|
|
|
Applied Information Technology |
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in Human Resource Management
|
|
|
|
Applied Management |
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in Healthcare Administration
|
|
|
|
Business Administration |
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in International Business
|
|
|
|
Criminal Justice |
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in Management
|
|
|
|
General Education Studies |
|
|
Master of Management (Generalist) |
|
|
|
Health Information Technology |
|
|
Master of Management |
|
|
|
Health and Beauty Management |
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in Human Resource Management
|
|
|
|
Information Technology |
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in Healthcare Administration
|
|
|
|
Medical Administrative Assistant |
|
|
Master of Science in Nursing |
|
|
|
Medical Assisting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Medical Staff Services Management |
Bachelors Degrees |
|
|
|
Network & Server Administration |
|
|
Accounting |
|
|
|
Network Administration |
|
|
Applied Management |
|
|
|
Server Administration |
|
|
Athletic Training |
|
|
|
Nursing |
|
|
Business Administration |
|
|
|
Nursing Mobility Program |
|
|
Business Administration with: |
|
|
|
Paralegal Studies |
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in Accounting |
|
|
|
Pharmacy Technician |
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in Financial Management |
|
|
|
Therapeutic Massage |
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in Human Resource Management |
|
|
|
Veterinary Technology |
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in Information Systems |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in International Business
|
|
Diplomas |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in Management
|
|
|
|
Healthcare Coding |
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in Marketing
|
|
|
|
Practical Nursing |
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in Pre-Law
|
|
|
|
Therapeutic Massage |
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in Tourism and Hospitality
|
|
|
|
Veterinary Assisting |
|
|
|
|
Management |
|
|
|
Information Technology Microsoft Certified IT |
|
|
Criminal Justice |
|
|
|
Professional:
Enterprise Administrator |
|
|
Health Care Management |
|
|
|
Information Technology Microsoft Certified IT |
|
|
|
Information Technology with: |
|
|
|
Professional:
Server Administrator |
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in Internet Systems Development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in Management Information Systems |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in Network Administration/Microsoft |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emphasis in Network Management/Microsoft |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Information Technology |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bachelor of Science in Nursing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Registered Nurse to Bachelor of Science in Nursing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Organizational Leadership |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paralegal Studies |
|
|
|
|
-12-
As an extension of our mission and historical foundation of offering business and business
related programming, we began offering our first site-based Master of Business Administration, or
MBA, program
at the Rapid City educational site in 2000. We expanded the MBA program through online
delivery upon Higher Learning Commission approval in 2001. In 2004, we received Higher Learning
Commission approval to offer the MBA program through our Best of Both Worlds-Instructional Delivery
Platform program format in Bolivia, United Arab Emirates, and Chile. In 2006, NAU received Higher
Learning Commission approval to offer the Master of Management degree. In 2009, we received Higher
Learning Commission approval to offer a Master of Science in Nursing degree program. This growth is
expected to continue through measured expansion of graduate programming. Our objective is to seek
Higher Learning Commission approval to broaden our Masters degree programs and to begin a Doctor
of Management degree program.
We are seeking to expand our programming in healthcare-related fields. Our undergraduate
healthcare management program and Master of Management degree with emphasis in healthcare
administration were developed to meet the healthcare industrys need for healthcare professionals
with strong business and management skills. We developed an Associate of Science in Nursing degree
at our Zona Rosa, Kansas; Denver, Colorado; and Overland Park, Kansas, educational sites to respond
to the growing nationwide shortage of qualified nurses. We plan to offer additional Bachelor of
Science in Nursing degrees at the Bloomington, Minnesota; Austin, Texas; Albuquerque, New Mexico;
Sioux Falls, South Dakota; and Rapid City, South Dakota, educational sites over the next several
years. An online Registered Nurse to Bachelor of Science in Nursing program is offered through the
distance learning campus. Additional allied health programs at the Associate degree level are
offered throughout the university based on local demand and workforce needs. With the expansion of
undergraduate enrollment in healthcare-related programs and the emerging demand observed from our
alumni and other constituencies, we plan to expand our healthcare-related graduate programs. The
burgeoning national need for Masters qualified nursing administrators and nursing faculty, along
with our experience in developing and delivering nursing programs at the Associate and Bachelors
degree levels, led us to develop a Master of Science in Nursing degree, which was approved by the
Higher Learning Commission in 2009.
Affiliate Services
Collaborative Relationships
We work with local businesses and corporations in the geographic areas where our educational
sites are located to offer a variety of courses and schedule formats to assist busy professionals.
For certain programs, we offer customized courses and schedules and on-site classes. For example,
for the nursing programs, we offer clinical experiences on-site at hospitals and other healthcare
centers with which we have relationships to allow students to complete their clinical work on-site.
We also collaborate with a number of local and national entities to provide educational
programs that they desire. Examples of these collaborations include military memoranda of
understanding and governmental and educational alliances. We currently have separate memoranda of
understanding with Ellsworth Air Force Base, South Dakota, and Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico,
pursuant to which we teach classes at these military facilities that are open to military members,
civilian and contract employees and military family members. These arrangements also include our
affiliation with the Servicemans Opportunity College, which was developed in response to the
special needs of adult continuing education for people in the armed forces. We have also
collaborated with a number of governmental organizations, including several Colorado regional law
enforcement organizations.
-13-
Affiliations
We have utilized our significant expertise in curricula and online education technology to
develop affiliations with a number of higher education institutions in the United States to develop
and deliver online courses and programming for their students. In addition, we have used our online
education experience to create Our Best of Both Worlds Instructional Delivery Platform that
provides students from certain foreign educational institutions an option to combine the curricula
of their home country institution with our curricula. Under this blended instructional option, the
host university facilitators work closely with our online faculty and staff providing students with
additional resources. Currently, we have affiliations with institutions in Chile, Bolivia, United
Arab Emirates and Greece, and we are seeking to develop additional affiliations in the Saudi
Arabia, Syria, Dubai and Ghana. Through these affiliations, students are able to remain in their
home country and attend a local college or university while studying to earn a degree from an
accredited American university.
Associate to Bachelors Degree Completion Program
Our Associate to Bachelors degree completion program, also called the 2 + 2 degree completion
program in our applied programs, is based on strategic affiliations with various higher education
institutions in the United States. This program allows students with an Associate degree to
transfer into an applied Bachelors degree program and into the next phase of their educational
goals. With our online delivery format, students are able to set their class schedule so daily
activities will be uninterrupted while students complete their Bachelors degree program.
Educational Sites
Our main educational site and central administration building are located in Rapid City, South
Dakota, at 321 Kansas City Street and 5301 S Hwy 16, Suite 200, respectively. We own our main
educational site and lease the central administration building and the remainder of our education
sites from third parties.
The
locations of our leased educational sites as of June 30, 2010, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State |
|
Address |
|
Approximate Size |
|
Colorado: |
|
5125 N.
Academy Blvd. |
|
4,600 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Colorado Springs, Colorado 80918 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1079 Space Center Dr. |
|
8,100 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Colorado Springs, Colorado 80918 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1915 Jamboree Dr. |
|
9,300 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Colorado Springs, Colorado 80918 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1325 South Colorado Boulevard, Suite 100 |
|
17,900 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Denver, Colorado 80222 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kansas: |
|
10310 Mastin Street |
|
25,500 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Overland Park, Kansas 66212 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7309 East 21st Street, Suite G-40 |
|
10,100 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Wichita, Kansas 67206 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8428 W. 13th Street N |
|
6,600 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Wichita, Kansas 67206 |
|
|
|
|
-14-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State |
|
Address |
|
Approximate Size |
|
Minnesota: |
|
7801 Metro Parkway, Suite 200 |
|
20,400 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Bloomington, Minnesota 55425 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6200 Shingle Creek Parkway, Suite 130 |
|
14,300 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Brooklyn Center, Minnesota 55430 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1550 West Highway 36 |
|
14,800 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Roseville, Minnesota 55113 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10901 Red Circle Dr., Suite 150 |
|
5,200 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Minnetonka, Minnesota 55343 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Missouri: |
|
3620 Arrowhead Avenue |
|
18,300 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Independence, Missouri 64057 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7490 Northwest 87th Street |
|
16,700 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Kansas City, Missouri 64153 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
401 N. Murray Road |
|
7,000 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Lees Summit, Missouri 64081 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New Mexico: |
|
4775 Indian School Road, Northeast, Suite 200 |
|
24,400 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Albuquerque, New Mexico 87110 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1601 Rio Rancho Boulevard Southeast, Suite 200 |
|
3,800 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Rio Rancho, New Mexico 87124 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oklahoma: |
|
8040 S. Sheridan Road |
|
8,600 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Tulsa, Oklahoma |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
South Dakota: |
|
1000 Ellsworth Street, Suite 2400B |
|
6,700 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Ellsworth Air Force Base, South Dakota 57706 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
321 Kansas City Street |
|
130,200 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Rapid City, South Dakota 57701 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2801 South Kiwanis Avenue, Suite 100 |
|
14,200 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
925 29th Street Southeast |
|
2,500 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Watertown, South Dakota 57201 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Texas: |
|
13801 North Mo-Pac Expressway, Suite 300 |
|
20,400 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Austin, Texas 78727 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1101 Central Expressway S. |
|
4,400 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Allen, Texas |
|
|
|
|
We believe our on-site programs not only offer students, faculty and staff an opportunity to
participate in a more traditional college experience, but also provide online students, faculty and
staff with a sense of connection to the university. Additionally, on-site faculty play an important
role in integrating online faculty into the academic programs and ensuring the overall consistency
and quality of the student learning experience. We believe the mix of a growing online program,
anchored by on-site programs with a nearly
69-year history and heritage, differentiates the university from most other for-profit
post-secondary education institutions.
-15-
Faculty and Other Employees
Our faculty includes full-time faculty members, some of whom teach under a nine-month teaching
contract, as well as adjunct campus-based and online faculty members who teach on a
course-by-course basis for a specified fee. As of May 31, 2010, the university employed
approximately 98 full-time and 616 part-time faculty members. Approximately 59% of our current
faculty members hold a Masters degree in their respective field and approximately 20% of our
faculty members hold a Doctoral degree.
We follow a specific process for faculty hiring which we have developed over the years. Campus
academic deans initiate the recruitment process for full-time faculty. The faculty position
description, which includes education, experience requirements and faculty duties, details the
knowledge and skills required in successful candidates. Our published standards for faculty members
are based on state regulations and regional and specialized accrediting standards, such as those
published by state boards of nursing, the Higher Learning Commission, the International Assembly of
Collegiate Business Education and the American Bar Association.
We recruit qualified faculty through postings on the universitys web site, as well as
placement of advertisements in local media and publications. We review official transcripts to
validate academic qualifications and faculty vitae to verify academic preparation consistent with
the universitys qualification guidelines, as well as engagement in relevant professional
activities.
As we are a multi-campus institution, we recognize that most efforts to train, evaluate and
recognize faculty members must originate at the individual campus level. The campus academic deans
are responsible for local orientation and in-service programs for faculty, schedules for faculty
appraisal, promotions and merit increase recommendations, as well as formal and informal efforts to
retain faculty members. The system academics office and the campus academic deans establish and
uphold the universitys policies and practices for faculty appraisal. We provide ongoing and
meaningful feedback on individual performance to our faculty members for their professional growth
and for the continued advancement of the university.
Retention of quality associate faculty is a priority for us. To promote continuity within this
vital teaching core, we have undertaken a number of initiatives to retain associate faculty. First,
we have made strides in improving associate faculty compensation over the last four years, and we
recognize that additional improvements may be required to attract and retain a qualified faculty.
Second, a pilot program is currently underway within distance learning to address the universitys
goal of establishing a competitive associate faculty compensation plan that is also tied to
performance metrics. This associate faculty evaluation model was developed specifically for the
unique demands, expectations and requirements of online faculty members and was designed to
integrate multiple aspects of appraisal to create a comprehensive analysis of faculty and staff
performance.
Faculty and staff are encouraged to actively participate in a variety of academic and
non-academic organizations. Faculty members participate in a wide variety of professional
associations and activities at the local, state and regional level. We encourage our faculty to
stay current on changes and trends within higher education, as well as their respective industries.
Participation in professional organizations by faculty and staff bring current information relevant
to the universitys mission and programming to students and the workplace.
In addition to our faculty, as of May 31, 2010, we employed 488 staff and administrative
personnel in university services, academic advising and support, enrollment services, university
administration, financial aid, information technology, human resources, corporate accounting,
finance and other administrative functions. None of our employees is a party to any collective
bargaining or similar agreement with the university.
-16-
Marketing, Recruitment and Retention
Marketing. We engage in a range of activities designed to generate awareness among prospective
students. Such activities include building strong brand recognition, differentiating us from other
educational institutions and stimulating student and alumni referrals. Our online marketing targets
working adults focused on program quality, convenience and career advancement goals. Our on-campus
marketing targets traditional college students, working adults seeking a high quality education in
a traditional college setting and working adults seeking to take classes on-site at their
employers facility. In marketing our programs to prospective students, we emphasize the value of
the educational experience and the academic rigor and career orientation of our programs.
Recruitment. Once a prospective student has indicated an interest in enrolling in one of our
programs, the universitys lead management system identifies and directs an admissions
representative to initiate prompt communication. The admissions representative serves as the
primary, direct contact for the prospective student, and the representatives goal is to help the
student gain sufficient knowledge and understanding of the universitys programs so the prospective
student can assess whether the universitys offerings satisfy his or her goals.
Retention. We utilize a learner services team to support students in advancing from
matriculation through attainment of educational goals. The team members monitor various risk
factors, such as the failure to buy books for a registered course, lack of attendance or failure to
participate in online orientation exercises. Upon identifying an at-risk student, the university
can interact with the student to assist him or her in continuing his or her program of study.
Student Support Services
Encouraging students to complete their degree programs is critical to our success. We invest
great effort in developing and providing resources that simplify the student enrollment process,
acclimate students to our programs and online environment and support the student educational
experience. Many of our support services, including academic, administrative and library services,
are accessible online, allowing users to access these services at a time and in a manner convenient
for them.
The student support services we provide include:
Academic services. We provide students with a variety of services designed to support their
academic studies. We offer students entrance orientation, academic advising, technical support,
research services, writing services and tutoring.
Administrative services. We provide students access to a variety of administrative services in
person as well as telephonically and via the Internet. For example, students can review class
schedules, apply for financial aid, pay tuition and access their unofficial transcripts online. The
universitys financial service representatives provide personalized online and telephonic support
to the students.
Library services. We provide a mix of online and on-campus library resources, services and
instruction to support the educational and research endeavors of our students, faculty and staff,
including physical and online libraries and online library resources available 24/7.
Career services. For those students seeking to change careers or explore new career
opportunities, we offer career services support, including resume review and evaluation, career
planning workshops and access to career services information for advice and support.
Technology support services. We provide online technical support to help students remedy
technology-related issues. We also provide online tutorials and Frequently Asked Questions for
students who are new to online coursework.
-17-
Admissions
Prospective students are required to complete an application to enroll in our programs. Upon
the prospective students submission of an application, the admissions representative and student
services personnel assist the applicant in gaining acceptance, arranging financial aid by financial
services representatives, if needed, and registering for courses and preparing for matriculation.
Prospective students also are required to complete placement tests, which enable the university to
best serve the student by enrolling him/her in classes to build any missing skills, thereby
increasing his/her chances of success.
Applicants to the universitys graduate programs must generally have an undergraduate degree
from an accredited institution of higher learning in the United States or from an international
institution of higher learning recognized by the ministry of education or other appropriate
government agency, and
|
|
|
a minimum grade point average of 2.75 achieved for all undergraduate work; |
|
|
|
a minimum grade point average of 2.9 achieved for the last one-half of the credits
earned toward a Bachelors degree; or |
|
|
|
a minimum grade point average of 3.0 in two or more graduate level courses taken at a
regionally accredited institution of higher learning or recognized foreign equivalent. |
Undergraduate applicants generally must have graduated from a recognized high school (or the
Department of Education accepted equivalent) or submit an official transcript from an accredited
higher education institution in the United States indicating completion of a post-secondary
education program of at least two years that is acceptable for full credit toward a Bachelors
degree, with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0.
Enrollment
We have increased our enrollment from approximately 6,500 students as of May 31, 2009, to
approximately 8,800 students as of May 31, 2010, representing an annual growth rate of
approximately 35%. As of May 31, 2010, we had 3,565 students enrolled in our online programs, 3,742
students enrolled on-campus, and 1,451 students enrolled through our hybrid learning centers. The
average age of our students is approximately 33 years.
The following is a summary of our student enrollment at May 31, 2010, and May 31, 2009, by
degree type and by instructional delivery method:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 31, 2010 |
|
|
May 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
No. of |
|
|
% of |
|
|
No. of |
|
|
% of |
|
|
|
Students |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Students |
|
|
Total |
|
Graduate |
|
|
335 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
% |
|
|
255 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undergraduate and Diploma |
|
|
8,423 |
|
|
|
96.2 |
% |
|
|
6,224 |
|
|
|
96.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
8,758 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
6,479 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 31, 2010 |
|
|
May 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
No. of |
|
|
% of |
|
|
No. of |
|
|
% of |
|
|
|
Students |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Students |
|
|
Total |
|
Online |
|
|
3,565 |
|
|
|
40.7 |
% |
|
|
3,126 |
|
|
|
48.3 |
% |
On-Campus |
|
|
3,742 |
|
|
|
42.7 |
% |
|
|
2,387 |
|
|
|
36.8 |
% |
Hybrid |
|
|
1,451 |
|
|
|
16.6 |
% |
|
|
966 |
|
|
|
14.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
8,758 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
6,479 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-18-
Tuition and Fees
Our tuition rates vary by educational site. Total tuition varies based upon several factors,
including the number of credit hours for each program, the degree level of the program, and
geographic location.
Our students finance their education through a variety of sources, including government
sponsored financial aid, private and NAU provided scholarships, employer provided tuition
assistance, veterans benefits, private loans and cash payments. A substantial portion of our
students rely on funds received under various government sponsored student financial aid programs,
predominately Title IV programs. In the fiscal years ended May 31, 2010, 2009 and May 31, 2008,
approximately 76%, 72% and 68%, respectively, of our revenues (calculated on a cash basis) were
attributable to funds derived from Title IV programs.
We have a refund policy for tuition and fees based upon semester start dates. If a student
drops or withdraws from a course during the first week of classes, 100% of the charges for tuition
and fees are refunded, while beyond the first week but during the first 60% of scheduled classes
the percentage of tuition charges refunded is based on a daily proration based on a percent of the
term completed. If the last day of attendance is beyond 60% of the scheduled classes, tuition and
fees are not refunded. Fees charged include an application fee of $25 and specialty and program
fees ranging from $45 to $100, depending on the program. A $75 administrative fee is assessed
against each prorated refund. The return of Title IV funds and the tuition reduction is calculated
based on the last day of attendance. A refund minus a $75 administrative fee is made within 45 days
of the day the students withdrawal is determined. If the student was a financial aid recipient, a
prorated amount of Title IV funds must be returned to the financial aid programs for students not
completing 60% of the enrollment period.
Technology Systems
We remain focused on leveraging the use of technology to increase efficiencies in our academic
programs and our general administrative operations. This commitment requires not only institutional
budget expenditures, but also orientation and training in the use of this technology.
To service our online teaching we utilize Blackboard Learning Systems CE, an Internet-based
learning management system. The features of this product include content display and organization,
synchronous and asynchronous chat, private messaging, quizzing and assignment submission and
student tracking and grading. The system is used to present online courses to both domestic and
international students. As a supplement to the Blackboard learning management system, we purchased
secondary applications to support synchronous communications. These systems are used primarily to
allow faculty, staff and students to communicate in real time as a required or optional component
of an asynchronous Blackboard course. In fiscal year 2011, the Company will be transitioning to
the Desire to Learn (D2L) management system. The D2L system will be a more cost effective means to
provide the faculty, staff and students the resources needed to succeed.
We have also developed and deployed an Internet-based system called TEAMS to meet the growing
needs of our online course delivery. TEAMS closely integrates with the Blackboard learning
management system to deliver midpoint and end-of-course surveys to students, allows for automated
loading of students into Blackboard courses, provides automated storage and delivery of research
papers
and aggregates survey results and faculty and staff participation information. The system is
designed to utilize the storage capability of a relational database to provide historical and real
time information.
Recognizing the need to manage content used in the Blackboard learning management system, we
developed an internal system to input, organize, manage and display course materials. This system
provides a word processor-style, Internet-based, content entry and editing interface that allows
content experts to directly create and edit course content. Additionally, it organizes text,
images, documents and multimedia resources in a relational database, allowing the university to
more easily identify and re-task existing content for new projects and courses. Finally, the system
is integrated with the learning management system and is used to display and deliver content
seamlessly through Blackboard to students.
-19-
Intellectual Property
We publish intellectual property policies in our faculty handbook and our employee handbook
that outline the ownership of creative works and inventions produced by employees within the scope
of their employment, compliance with copyright law and the use of our copyrighted materials. When
we hire content experts to develop curriculum, they receive a copy of our Copyright Fundamentals
for Online Course Developers for review prior to project initiation. We also require them to
execute our standard agreement to confirm that all materials created under the scope of the work
become our exclusive intellectual property. These agreements also require the curriculum developer
to comply with all laws or regulations related to copyright and the use of copyrighted materials.
We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, domain names
and agreements with third parties to protect our proprietary rights. Through our extensive
development of electronic instructional materials, on-campus and online courseware and related
processes, we continue to accumulate copyrighted material and know how that has provided the basis
for improving quality of instruction, programs and services to our students. Our strategic plan
calls for continued and extensive investment in maintaining and expanding these assets.
We rely on trademark and service mark protections in the United States and other countries for
our name and distinctive logos, along with various other trademarks and service marks related to
specific offerings. We own federal registrations for our principal trademarks, National American
University® and NAU® in the United States. These marks are important symbols
for us and are used on our educational services and educational materials and a range of other
items, including clothing and other memorabilia. These brands appear in our advertising and are
seen by members of the general public as well as our direct constituents. We also own domain name
rights to national.edu and other derivatives of that name, as well as a number of nau related
domain names.
Competition
The post-secondary education industry is highly competitive and highly fragmented. As of June
2009, there were more than 4,000 colleges and universities in the United States. Of these, there
were several hundred non-profit and for-profit educational institutions that operate in the
post-secondary education market in which we operate.
We compete with both for-profit and non-profit career-oriented schools, two-year junior
colleges and community colleges. Competition is generally based on location, program offerings,
modality, the quality of instruction, placement rates, selectivity of admissions, recruiting and
tuition rates. We seek to compete against community colleges by offering more frequent start dates,
more flexible hours, better instructional resources, more hands on training, shorter program length
and greater assistance with job placement. We also seek to compete against other career schools by
focusing on offering high demand, career-oriented programs, providing individual attention to
students, having an experienced executive management team with a strong operating history, and
focusing on flexible degrees for working adults and other non-traditional students. We believe we
are able to compete effectively in our respective local
markets because of the diversity of our program offerings, quality of instruction, the
strength of our brand, our reputation and our success in placing students with employers.
We also compete with other institutions that are eligible to receive Title IV program funding.
These include four-year, non-profit colleges and universities, community colleges and for-profit
institutions, whether they offer programs that are four years, two years or less. Our competition
differs in each market depending on the curriculum offered. Also, because schools can often add new
programs in a relatively short period of time, typically within six to 12 months, new competitors
within an academic program area can emerge quickly.
-20-
Certain institutions have competitive advantages over us. Non-profit and public institutions
receive substantial government subsidies, government and foundation grants and tax-deductible
contributions and have other financial resources generally not available to for-profit schools. In
addition, some of our for-profit competitors have a more extended or dense network of schools and
campuses, which may enable them to recruit students more efficiently from a wider geographic area.
Furthermore, some of our competitors, including both traditional colleges and universities and
other for-profit schools, have substantially greater financial and other resources and name
recognition than we have, which may enable them to compete more effectively for potential students.
We also expect to face increased competition as a result of new entrants to the online education
market, including established colleges and universities that have not previously offered online
education programs.
Real Estate Operations
In addition to our university operations, we have historically operated a real estate business
known as Fairway Hills Developments, or Fairway Hills. Our real estate business rents apartment
units and develops and sells condominium units in the Fairway Hills Planned Residential Development
area of Rapid City, South Dakota.
Our real estate business conducts business through various projects and associations,
including Fairway Hills I and II, Park West, Vista Park, Fairway Hills Park and Recreational
Association, the Vista Park Homeowners Association and the Park West Homeowners Association.
Fairway Hills I and Fairway Hills II are apartment buildings consisting of a total of 52 rental
apartments of which approximately 92% are currently leased. Park West consists of 48 apartment
units and is owned by a partnership that is 50% owned by us and 50% owned by members of the
Buckingham family (including Robert Buckingham, chairman of our board of directors, and his
siblings and the spouses and estates of his siblings). Park West apartment units are being
converted to, and sold as, condominiums. While the conversion of the Park West building is not yet
complete, as of May 31, 2010, five of the 48 available units in Park West have been sold.
Currently, prices for Park West condominium units start at $139,000.
In addition, in 2008, we began construction of a condominium development called Vista Park. As
of May 31, 2010, Fairway Hills has completed construction of a 24-unit condominium complex, which
is known as Vista Park Phase I, and has sold seven of the available units. Prices for Vista Park
condominium units start at $149,000. We currently have plans to build three additional condominium
complexes (Phases II, III and IV) in Vista Park, but construction of these additional phases is not
expected to begin until after the sale of a substantial number of the currently available
condominiums in Vista Park Phase I. In total, and upon completion of all four phases of
development, the Vista Park condominium complexes would consist of 96 condominium units.
In connection with the development of Vista Park and the conversion of Park West apartments,
Fairway Hills has created two new homeowners associations, the Vista Park Homeowners Association
and the Park West Homeowners Association, each of which is a non-profit corporation, to manage and
sell the condominiums. In addition, the Fairway Hills Park and Recreational Association, which is
also a non-profit corporation, was created to operate as a homeowners association covering
substantially all of the Fairway Hills development.
Environmental
Our facilities and operations are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations
governing, among other things, the use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and
waste, and the clean-up of contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which we send
or have sent waste for disposal. We are also required to obtain permits for air emissions, and to
meet operational and maintenance requirements. If we do not maintain compliance with any of these
laws and regulations, or are responsible for a spill or release of hazardous materials, we could
incur significant costs for clean-up, damages, and fines or penalties.
-21-
Compliance with Applicable Laws
We seek to comply with applicable local, state and federal laws and regulations under the
oversight of our general counsel and the efforts of administrative staff members who implement
compliance policies and procedures.
In that regard, we maintain a comprehensive institutional compliance program that integrates
and coordinates all significant requirements with which the university must comply by law,
regulation or other binding rule or agreement. Under the program, we have:
|
|
|
Designated a university compliance officer; |
|
|
|
Created a university compliance committee made up of representatives of major
internal departments and headed by the university compliance officer; |
|
|
|
Implemented a program to monitor compliance and, when gaps or violations occur, to
develop responses to correct deficiencies in a timely manner; |
|
|
|
Established and communicated institutional principles designed to deter wrongdoing
and to promote honest and ethical conduct; |
|
|
|
Developed communication policies and procedures; and |
|
|
|
Ensured the appropriate university department/governing body has identified
appropriate disciplinary sanctions and has applied those sanctions when infractions occur. |
Further, audits are periodically conducted to ensure compliance with applicable laws,
including the following:
|
|
|
Federal Title IV student financial assistance program compliance attestation
examinations are conducted annually to determine compliance and to identify any
deficiencies requiring correction; |
|
|
|
An audit of 401(k) retirement plans is conducted annually for compliance with
applicable laws and fiduciary duties; and |
|
|
|
Annual financial audit for compliance with GAAP. |
REGULATORY MATTERS
We are subject to extensive regulation by state education agencies, accrediting commissions
and the United States federal government through the Department of Education under the Higher
Education Act of 1965, as amended (the Higher Education Act). The regulations, standards and
policies of these agencies cover substantially all of our operations, including the educational
programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing,
recruiting, finances, results of operations and financial condition.
As an institution of higher education that grants degrees and diplomas, we are required to be
authorized by appropriate state education authorities. In addition, to participate in the federal
programs of student financial assistance for our students, we are required to be accredited by an
accrediting commission recognized by the Department of Education. Accreditation is a
non-governmental process through which an institution submits to qualitative review by an
organization of peer institutions, based on the standards of the accrediting commission and the
stated aims and purposes of the institution. The Higher Education Act requires accrediting
commissions recognized by the Department of Education to review and monitor many aspects of an
institutions operations and to take appropriate action if the institution fails to meet the
accrediting commissions standards.
-22-
Our operations are also subject to regulation by the Department of Education due to our
participation in Title IV programs. As of May 31, 2010, Title IV programs included educational
loans provided directly by the federal government, grant programs for students with demonstrated
financial need, and educational loans issued by private banks with below-market interest rates that
are guaranteed by the federal government in the event of a students default on repaying the loan.
As of July 1, 2010, all educational loans under Title IV are provided directly by the federal
government. To participate in Title IV programs, a school must receive and maintain authorization
by the appropriate state education agency or agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by the Department of Education and be certified as an eligible institution by the
Department of Education.
We plan and implement our business activities to comply with the standards of these regulatory
agencies. Our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, and general counsel also provide
oversight designed to ensure that we meet the requirements of this regulatory environment.
State Education Licensure and Regulation
We are required by the Higher Education Act to be authorized by applicable state educational
agencies in South Dakota and other states where we are located to participate in Title IV programs.
In South Dakota, where our operations are headquartered, the state currently does not specifically
regulate or authorize the degrees or other educational programs of private, regionally accredited
institutions of higher education. If South Dakota were to enact legislation or regulations to
regulate private, regionally accredited institutions of higher education, including us, the failure
by us to obtain and maintain any required authorization to operate and offer educational programs
in South Dakota would cause us to lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.
In addition to South Dakota, we operate physical facilities offering educational programs in
Colorado, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, New Mexico and Texas. In each of these states, we either
maintain authorization or have received written confirmation that no express authorization is
required from pertinent state educational agencies to offer our educational programs. Where
required under applicable law, these authorizations from state educational agencies are very
important to us. To maintain requisite state authorizations, we are required to continuously meet
standards relating to, among other things, educational programs, facilities, instructional and
administrative staff, marketing and recruitment, financial operations, addition of new locations
and educational programs and various operational and administrative procedures. Failure to comply
with applicable requirements of the state educational agencies in Colorado, Kansas, Minnesota,
Missouri, New Mexico and Texas could result in us losing our authorization to offer educational
programs in the applicable states. If that were to occur, the applicable state educational agency
could force us to cease operations in their state. Even if the applicable state educational agency
does not require the university to cease operations on an immediate basis, the loss of
authorization by the state educational agency in such state would then cause our campuses in such
state to lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, and such loss of Title IV program
eligibility could force us to cease operations in such state. Alternatively, the state educational
licensing agencies could restrict our ability to offer certain degree programs.
Our activities in certain other states constitute a presence requiring licensure or
authorization under the requirements of the state education agency in those states, even though we
do not have a physical facility in such states. Therefore, in addition to South Dakota, Colorado,
Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, New Mexico and Texas, where we maintain physical facilities, we have
obtained such approvals as we have determined to be necessary in connection with our activities in
such other states that we believe constitute a presence requiring licensure or authorization by the
state educational agency. We review the licensure requirements of other states when appropriate to
determine whether our activities in those states constitute a presence or otherwise require
licensure or authorization by the respective state education agencies.
-23-
We are subject to extensive regulations by the states in which we are authorized or licensed
to operate. State laws and regulations typically establish standards in areas such as instruction,
qualifications of faculty, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations
and other operational matters, which can be different than and conflict with the requirements of
the Department of Education and other applicable regulatory bodies. State laws and regulations may
limit our ability to offer educational programs and offer certain degrees. Some states may also
prescribe financial regulations that are different from those of the Department of Education and
many require the posting of surety bonds. If we fail to comply with state licensing requirements,
we may lose our state licensure or authorizations. If we lose state licensure in a state in which
we have a physical location, we would also lose Title IV eligibility in that state.
In addition, several states have sought to assert jurisdiction over educational institutions
offering online degree programs that have no physical location or other presence in the state but
that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or offering educational services to
students who reside in the state, employing faculty who reside in the state or advertising to or
recruiting prospective students in the state. State regulatory requirements for online education
vary among the states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or unclear in some
states and can change frequently. Because we enroll students in all 50 states and the District of
Columbia, we expect that other state regulatory authorities may request that we seek licensure or
authorization in their states in the future. New laws, regulations or interpretations related to
doing business over the Internet could increase our cost of doing business and affect our ability
to recruit students in particular states, which could, in turn, adversely affect enrollments and
revenues and have a material adverse effect on our business.
We believe we are licensed or authorized in those jurisdictions where a license or
authorization is currently required, and we do not believe that any of the states in which we are
currently licensed or authorized, other than South Dakota, Colorado, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri,
New Mexico and Texas, are individually material to our operations. Although we believe that we
will be able to comply with additional state licensing or authorization requirements that may arise
or be asserted in the future, if we fail to comply with state licensing or authorization
requirements for a state, or fail to obtain licenses or authorizations when required, we could lose
our state licensure or authorization by that state, which could prohibit us from recruiting
prospective students or offering services to current students in that state. We could also be
subject to other sanctions, including restrictions on activities in that state, fines and
penalties. The loss of licensure or authorization in certain states could prohibit us from
recruiting prospective students or offering services to current students in that state, which could
significantly reduce our enrollments.
The Department of Education historically has determined that an institution is authorized for
purposes of Title IV program eligibility if the institutions state does not require the
institution to obtain licensure or authorization to operate in the state. In June 2010, the
Department of Education proposed new regulations (the June NPRM described below in greater
detail) that would consider an institution to be legally authorized by a state if (1) the
authorization is given to the institution specifically to offer programs beyond secondary
education, (2) the authorization is subject to adverse action by the state and (3) the state has a
process to review and appropriately act on complaints concerning an institution and enforces
applicable state laws. The proposed regulations discuss the Departments view that a state is
expected to take an active role in approving an institution, and that a state should not defer all,
or nearly all, of its oversight responsibilities to accrediting agencies for approval of
institutions. In South Dakota, where we are headquartered, the state currently does not
specifically regulate or authorize the degrees or other educational programs of private, regionally
accredited institutions of higher education. If the proposed rule is ultimately adopted, we may
need to apply for additional authorization in South Dakota and other states in which we operate,
and the authorization process could result in unexpected delays or other setbacks that could
jeopardize our Title IV eligibility.
-24-
State Professional Licensure
Many states have specific licensure requirements that an individual must satisfy to be
licensed as a professional in specified fields, including fields such as education and healthcare.
These requirements vary
by state and by field. A students success in obtaining licensure following graduation
typically depends on several factors, including the background and qualifications of the individual
graduate, as well as the following factors, among others:
|
|
|
whether the institution and the program were approved by the state in which the
graduate seeks licensure, or by a professional association; |
|
|
|
whether the program from which the student graduated meets all requirements for
professional licensure in that state; |
|
|
|
whether the institution and the program are accredited and, if so, by what
accrediting commissions; and |
|
|
|
whether the institutions degrees are recognized by other states in which a student
may seek to work. |
Many states also require that graduates pass a state test or examination as a prerequisite to
becoming certified in certain fields, such as teaching and nursing. Many states also may require a
criminal background clearance before granting certain professional licensures or certifications.
Our catalog informs students that it is incumbent upon the student to verify whether a specific
criminal background clearance is required in their field of study prior to beginning course work.
Accreditation
We have been institutionally accredited since 1985 by the Higher Learning Commission, a
regional accrediting commission recognized by the Department of Education. Our accreditation was
reaffirmed in 2008 for the maximum term of 10 years as part of a regularly scheduled reaffirmation
process. In May 2010, a three-person team from the HLC visited the universitys central
administration offices in Rapid City, SD, in response to the universitys change request in
connection with the November 2009 merger with Camden. The HLC Board of Trustees will soon consider
the teams recommendation that the change of control request be approved. Accreditation is a
private, non-governmental process for evaluating the quality of educational institutions and their
programs in areas, including student performance, governance, integrity, educational quality,
faculty, physical resources, administrative capability and resources and financial stability. To be
recognized by the Department of Education, accrediting commissions must comply with Department of
Education regulations, which require, among other things, that accrediting agencies adopt specific
standards for their review of educational institutions, conduct peer review evaluations of
institutions and publicly designate those institutions that meet their criteria. An accredited
school is subject to periodic review by its accrediting commissions to determine whether it
continues to meet the performance, integrity and quality required for accreditation.
There are six regional accrediting commissions recognized by the Department of Education, each
with a specified geographic scope of coverage, which together cover the entire United States. Most
traditional, public and private non-profit, degree-granting colleges and universities are
accredited by one of these six regional accrediting commissions. The Higher Learning Commission,
which accredits us, is the same regional accrediting commission that accredits other
degree-granting public and private colleges and universities in the states of Arizona, Arkansas,
Colorado, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, New Mexico,
North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota, West Virginia, Wisconsin and Wyoming.
-25-
Accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission is important to us for several reasons, one
being that it enables our students to receive Title IV financial aid. Other colleges and
universities depend, in part, on an institutions accreditation in evaluating transfers of credit
and applications to graduate schools. Employers rely on the accredited status of institutions when
evaluating candidates credentials, and students and corporate and government sponsors under
tuition reimbursement programs consider accreditation as assurance that an institution maintains
quality educational standards. If we fail to satisfy the
standards of the Higher Learning Commission, we could lose our accreditation by that agency,
which would cause us to lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.
The reauthorization of the Higher Education Act in 2008, and final regulations issued by the
Department of Education, in October of 2009, which became effective July 1, 2010, require
accrediting commissions to monitor the growth of institutions that they accredit. The Higher
Learning Commission requires all affiliated institutions, including us, to complete an annual data
report. If the non-financial data, particularly enrollment information, and any other information
submitted by the institution indicate problems, rapid change or significant growth, the Higher
Learning Commission staff may require that the institution address any concerns arising from the
data report in the next self-study and visit process or may recommend additional monitoring. In
addition, the Department of Education issued regulations, which took effect on July 1, 2010, that
require the Higher Learning Commission to notify the Department of Education if an institution
accredited by the Higher Learning Commission that offers distance learning programs, such as us,
experiences an increase in its headcount enrollment of 50% or more in any fiscal year. The
Department of Education may consider that information in connection with its own regulatory
oversight activities.
In addition to institution-wide accreditation, there are numerous specialized accrediting
commissions that accredit specific programs or schools within their jurisdiction, many of which are
in healthcare and professional fields. Accreditation of specific programs by one of these
specialized accrediting commissions signifies that those programs have met the additional standards
of those agencies. In addition to being accredited by the Higher Learning Commission, we also have
the following specialized accreditations:
|
|
|
The Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs, on the
recommendation of the Curriculum Review Board of the American Association of Medical
Assistants Endowment, accredits our medical assisting programs offered in Colorado
Springs, Colorado; Denver, Colorado; Overland Park, Kansas; Bloomington, Minnesota;
Roseville, Minnesota; Albuquerque, New Mexico; and Sioux Falls, South Dakota. |
|
|
|
The medical assisting programs offered at Albuquerque, New Mexico; Bloomington,
Minnesota; Colorado Springs, Colorado; Denver, Colorado; Overland Park, Kansas; Roseville
Minnesota; and Sioux Falls South Dakota, are accredited by the Commission on Accreditation
of Allied Health Education Programs on the recommendation of the Medical Assisting
Education Review Board. |
|
|
|
The Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training Education (formerly the
Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs, Joint Review Committee on
Education Programs in Athletic Training) accredits our athletic training education
program. The athletic training education program is on probation and the program chair
submitted a progress report, as required, by June 1, 2010, to the Commission on
Accreditation of Athletic Training Education (CAATE). The university anticipates a
response from the commission in September 2010. |
|
|
|
The Committee on Veterinary Technician Education and Activities of the American
Veterinary Medical Association accredits our veterinary technology program. |
-26-
|
|
|
We have received specialized accreditation for our Associate of Applied Science,
Bachelor of Science, Master of Management and Master of Business Administration degree
programs in business through the International Assembly for Collegiate Business Education,
Olathe, Kansas. |
|
|
|
The National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission has granted full initial
accreditation for our Zona Rosa, Missouri Associate of Science in Nursing program for
spring 2009 through spring 2014. |
|
|
|
The Standing Committee on Paralegals of the American Bar Association approves our
paralegal studies program offered in Rapid City, South Dakota. |
If we fail to satisfy the standards of any of these specialized accrediting commissions, we
could lose the specialized accreditation for the affected programs, which could result in
materially reduced student enrollments in those programs.
Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
To be eligible to participate in Title IV programs, an institution must comply with specific
requirements contained in the Higher Education Act and the regulations issued thereunder by the
United States Department of Education. An institution must, among other things, be licensed or
authorized to offer its educational programs by the state or states in which it is physically
located (in our case, South Dakota, Colorado, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, New Mexico and Texas)
and maintain institutional accreditation by an accrediting commission recognized by the Department
of Education.
The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed to schools through Title IV programs, the
large number of students and institutions participating in these programs and allegations of fraud
and abuse by certain for-profit educational institutions have caused Congress to require the
Department of Education to exercise considerable regulatory oversight over for-profit educational
institutions. As a result, for-profit educational institutions, including ours, are subject to
extensive oversight and review. Because the Department of Education periodically revises its
regulations and changes its interpretations of existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict
with certainty how the Title IV program requirements will be applied in all circumstances.
Significant factors relating to Title IV programs that could adversely affect us include the
following:
Congressional action and changes in Department of Education regulations. Congress must
reauthorize the Higher Education Act on a periodic basis, usually every five to six years, and the
most recent reauthorization occurred in August 2008. The reauthorized Higher Education Act
reauthorized all of Title IV programs in which we participate, but made numerous revisions to the
requirements governing Title IV programs, including provisions relating to the relationships
between institutions and lenders that make student loans, student loan default rates and the
formula for revenue that institutions are permitted to derive from Title IV programs. On March 30,
2010, the President signed the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, which, among
other things, eliminated the Federal Family Educational Loan, or FFEL, program (in which private
lenders originated Title IV loans) in favor of the Federal Direct Loan program (in which the
Department of Education originates Title IV loans), such that no FFEL loans will be originated
after June 30, 2010. We are approved to participate in the Federal Direct Loan program and have
fully transitioned from the FFEL program to the Federal Direct Loan program as of July 1, 2010.
Any disruption in our ability to process student loans through the Federal Direct Loan program, the
elimination of certain Title IV programs, material changes in the requirements for participation in
such programs or the substitution of materially different programs could increase our costs of
compliance and could reduce the ability of some of our students to finance their education.
In addition, Congress must determine the funding levels for Title IV programs on an annual
basis through the budget and appropriations process. A reduction in federal funding levels for
Title IV programs could reduce the ability of some students to finance their education. The loss of
or a significant reduction in Title IV program funds available to our students could reduce our
enrollments and revenue and have a material adverse effect on our business.
-27-
On June 18, 2010, the Department of Education published in the Federal Register a Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking (June NPRM) related to a number of Title IV program integrity issues. The
June NPRM addresses each of the 14 topics discussed at the negotiated rulemaking sessions held in
November 2009, December 2009 and January 2010, including, among others, the definition of a high
school diploma for the purposes of establishing institutional eligibility to participate in Title
IV programs and student
eligibility to receive Title IV aid, standards regarding the payment of incentive
compensation, establishing requirements for institutions to submit information on program
completers for programs that prepare students for gainful employment in recognized occupations,
revising the definition of what constitutes a substantial misrepresentation made by an
institution, standards regarding the sufficiency of a states authorization of an institution for
the purpose of establishing an institutions eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, and
the definition of a credit hour for purposes of determining program eligibility for Title IV
student financial aid. On July 26, 2010, the Department of Education published in the Federal
Register another Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (July NPRM) related to a definition of gainful
employment for purposes of determining whether certain educational programs comply with the Title
IV requirement of preparing students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation. The
Department of Education is expected to adopt final regulations before November 1, 2010, many of
which could be effective as early as July 1, 2011. We cannot predict the form of the final
regulations, if any, that may be adopted by the Department of Education. Compliance with these and
other new and changing regulations could reduce our enrollments, increase our cost of doing
business, and have a material adverse effect on our business.
Additionally, in recent months, Congress has placed increased focus on the role that
for-profit educational institutions play in higher education. For example, on June 17, 2010, the
Education and Labor Committee of the House of Representatives held a hearing to examine the manner
in which accrediting agencies review higher education institutions policies on credit hours and
program length. On June 24, 2010, the Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Committee of the Senate
released a report entitled Emerging Risk?: An Overview of Growth, Spending, Student Debt and
Unanswered Questions in For-Profit Higher Education and held the first in a series of hearings to
examine the proprietary education sector. On August 4, 2010, the Health, Education, Labor and
Pensions Committee held an additional hearing in its series, focusing on student recruiting at
for-profit schools. Earlier, on June 21, the Chairmen of each of these education committees,
together with other members of Congress, requested the Government Accountability Office (GAO) to
conduct a review and prepare a report with recommendations regarding various aspects of the
proprietary sector, including recruitment practices, educational quality, student outcomes, the
sufficiency of integrity safeguards against waste, fraud and abuse in federal student aid programs
and the degree to which proprietary institutions revenue is composed of Title IV and other federal
funding sources. These hearings and the requested GAO review are not formally related to the
Departments program integrity rulemaking process currently underway regarding program integrity
issues, which are described above.
On August 5, 2010, we received a request for information from the U.S. Senate Committee on
Health, Education, Labor and Pensions (the Committee) relating to the Committees ongoing
hearings relating to for-profit colleges receiving Title IV student financial aid. It is our
understanding, based on communication from Senator Harkin, chairman of the Committee, this request
was extended to 30 proprietary educational institutions. The request seeks information to more
accurately understand how we use Federal resources, including how we recruit and enroll students,
set program price or tuition, determine financial aid including private or institutional loans,
track attendance, handle withdrawal of students and return of Title IV dollars and manage
compliance with the requirement that no more than 90% of revenues come from Title IV dollars. The
request also seeks an understanding of the number of students who complete or graduate from
programs offered by us, how many of those students find new work in their educational area, the
debt levels of students enrolling and completing programs and how we track and manage the number of
students who risk default within the cohort default rate window. In furtherance of this, the
Committee has requested that we provide information about a broad spectrum of our business,
including detailed information relating to financial results, management, operations, personnel,
recruiting, enrollment, graduation, student withdrawals, receipt of Title IV funds, institutional
accreditation, regulatory compliance and other matters. We intend to cooperate with the Committee
and to work with the Committee to provide the requested information in a manner that does not
compromise our sensitive proprietary operating and other information. The Committee has requested
that we produce a portion of the specified information by August 26, 2010 and the remainder of the
information by September 16, 2010.
-28-
The outcome of the hearings, the requested GAO review and the Committee request for
information could impact the substance of the rulemaking process. We cannot predict whether, or
the extent to which, these hearings and review will result in legislation or further rulemaking
affecting our participation in Title IV programs. To the extent that any laws or regulations are
adopted that limit our participation in Title IV programs or the amount of student financial aid
for which the students at our institutions are eligible, our enrollments, revenues and results of
operation could be materially and adversely affected.
Eligibility and certification procedures. Each institution must apply periodically to the
Department of Education for continued certification to participate in Title IV programs. Such
recertification generally is required every six years, but may be required earlier, including when
an institution undergoes a change in control. An institution may also come under the Department of
Educations review when it expands its activities in certain ways, such as opening an additional
location, adding a new educational program or modifying the academic credentials it offers. The
Department of Education may place an institution on provisional certification status if it finds
that the institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and certification standards and
in certain other circumstances, such as when an institution is certified for the first time or
undergoes a change in control. During the period of provisional certification, the institution must
comply with any additional conditions included in the schools program participation agreement with
the Department of Education. In addition, the Department of Education may more closely review an
institution that is provisionally certified if it applies for recertification or approval to open a
new location, add an educational program, acquire another school or make any other significant
change. If the Department of Education determines that a provisionally certified institution is
unable to meet its responsibilities under its program participation agreement, it may seek to
revoke the institutions certification to participate in Title IV programs without advance notice
or opportunity for the institution to challenge the action. Students attending provisionally
certified institutions remain eligible to receive Title IV program funds.
Our current certification to participate in the Title IV programs was effective in January
2010, following our transaction with Dlorah in 2009, and extends through December 31, 2012. Our
certification is on a provisional basis due to the change in ownership of NAU that resulted from
the Dlorah transaction.
Based on our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009, the
Department of Education informed us by a letter dated January 14, 2010 that we were no longer
required to maintain a letter of credit, receive Title IV program funds under the heightened cash
monitoring payment method or be subject to certain other reporting requirements. We remain
provisionally certified, however, as a result of our transaction with Dlorah in 2009.
Administrative capability. Department of Education regulations specify extensive criteria by
which an institution must establish that it has the requisite administrative capability to
participate in Title IV programs. To meet the administrative capability standards, an institution
must, among other things:
|
|
|
comply with all applicable Title IV program requirements; |
|
|
|
have an adequate number of qualified personnel to administer Title IV programs; |
-29-
|
|
|
have acceptable standards for measuring the satisfactory academic progress of its
students; |
|
|
|
not have student loan cohort default rates above specified levels; |
|
|
|
have various procedures in place for awarding, disbursing and safeguarding Title IV
program funds and for maintaining required records; |
|
|
|
administer Title IV programs with adequate checks and balances in its system of
internal controls; |
|
|
|
not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from
federal contracting or engaging in activity that is cause for debarment or suspension; |
|
|
|
provide financial aid counseling to its students; |
|
|
|
refer to the Department of Educations Office of Inspector General any credible
information indicating that any student, parent, employee, third-party servicer or other
agent of the institution has engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title
IV programs; |
|
|
|
submit all required reports and financial statements in a timely manner; and |
|
|
|
not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability. |
If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria, the Department of Education may:
|
|
|
require the institution to repay Title IV funds its students previously received; |
|
|
|
transfer the institution from the advance method of payment of Title IV funds to
heightened cash monitoring status or the reimbursement method of payment; |
|
|
|
place the institution on provisional certification status; or |
|
|
|
commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the
institutions participation in Title IV programs. |
If the Department of Education determines that we failed to satisfy its administrative
capability requirements, then our students could lose, or be limited in their access to, Title IV
program funding.
Financial responsibility. The Higher Education Act and Department of Education regulations
establish extensive standards of financial responsibility that institutions such as us must satisfy
to participate in Title IV programs. The Department of Education evaluates institutions for
compliance with these standards on an annual basis based on the institutions annual audited
financial statements as well as when the institution applies to the Department of Education to have
its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs recertified. The most significant financial
responsibility standard is the institutions composite score, which is derived from a formula
established by the Department of Education based on three financial ratios:
|
|
|
equity ratio, which measures the institutions capital resources, financial viability
and ability to borrow; |
|
|
|
primary reserve ratio, which measures the institutions ability to support current
operations from expendable resources; and |
|
|
|
net income ratio, which measures the institutions ability to operate at a profit or
within its means. |
-30-
The Department of Education assigns a strength factor to the results of each of these ratios
on a scale from negative 1.0 to positive 3.0, with negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness and
positive 3.0 reflecting financial strength. The Department of Education then assigns a weighting
percentage to each ratio and adds the weighted scores for the three ratios together to produce a
composite score for the institution. The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the institution
to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further Department of Education
oversight. In addition to having an acceptable composite score, an institution must, among other
things, provide the administrative resources necessary to comply with Title IV program
requirements, meet all of its financial obligations including required refunds to students
and any Title IV liabilities and debts, be current in its debt payments and not receive an
adverse, qualified or disclaimed opinion by its accountants in its audited financial statements.
If the Department of Education determines that an institution does not meet the financial
responsibility standards due to a failure to meet the composite score or other factors, the
institution should be able to establish financial responsibility on an alternative basis permitted
by the Department of Education. This alternative basis could include, in the Departments
discretion, posting a letter of credit, accepting provisional certification, complying with
additional Department of Education monitoring requirements, agreeing to receive Title IV program
funds under an arrangement other than the Department of Educations standard advance funding
arrangement, such as the reimbursement method of payment or heightened cash monitoring, or
complying with or accepting other limitations on the institutions ability to increase the number
of programs it offers or the number of students it enrolls.
Based on our composite score for fiscal year ended May 31, 2007 and continuing for our fiscal
year ended May 31, 2008, the Department of Education determined that we failed to meet the
standards of financial responsibility. The Department therefore required us to participate in Title
IV programs under an alternative basis of financial responsibility requiring provisional
certification, the posting of a letter of credit representing 10% of the Title IV program funds
received by us during our most recently completed fiscal year, the receipt of Title IV program
funds under the heightened cash monitoring payment method and compliance with certain other
reporting requirements. Based on our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended May 31,
2009, which indicated our composite score for such fiscal year was 1.6, the Department of Education
informed us by a letter dated January 14, 2010 that we were no longer required to maintain a letter
of credit, receive Title IV program funds under the heightened cash monitoring payment method or be
subject to certain other reporting requirements Our audited financial statements for the fiscal
year ended May 31, 2010 indicated our composite score for such fiscal year was 2.4. We remain
provisionally certified, however, as a result of the transaction described in our Corporate History
on page 5.
The requirement to post or maintain a letter of credit or other sanctions imposed by the
Department of Education increased our cost of regulatory compliance and affected our cash flows. If
we are unable to meet the minimum composite score or comply with the other standards of financial
responsibility, and could not post a required letter of credit or comply with the alternative bases
for establishing financial responsibility, then our students could lose their access to Title IV
program funding.
Return of Title IV funds for students who withdraw. When a student who has received Title IV
funds withdraws from school, the institution must determine the amount of Title IV program funds
the student has earned. If the student withdraws during the first 60% of any period of enrollment
or payment period, the amount of Title IV program funds that the student has earned is equal to a
pro rata portion of the funds the student received or for which the student would otherwise be
eligible. If the student withdraws after the 60% threshold, then the student is deemed to have
earned 100% of the Title IV program funds he or she received. The institution must then return the
unearned Title IV program funds to the appropriate lender or the Department of Education in a
timely manner, which is generally no later than 45 days after the date the institution determined
that the student withdrew. If such payments are not timely made, the institution will be required
to submit a letter of credit to the Department of Education equal to 25% of the Title IV funds that
the institution should have returned for withdrawn students in its most recently completed fiscal
year. Under Department of Education regulations, late returns of Title IV program funds for 5% or
more of the withdrawn students in the audit sample in the institutions annual Title IV compliance
audit for either of the institutions two most recent fiscal years or in a Department of Education
program review triggers this letter of credit requirement. We did not exceed this 5% threshold in
our annual Title IV compliance audit for either of our two most recent fiscal years.
-31-
The 90/10 Rule. A requirement of the Higher Education Act commonly referred to as the
90/10 Rule provides that an institution loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs, if, under a complex regulatory formula that requires cash basis accounting and other
adjustments to the calculation of revenue, the institution derives more than 90% of its revenues
for any fiscal year from Title IV program funds. This
rule applies only to for-profit post-secondary educational institutions, including us. Prior
to the August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act, an institution that violated the
rule became ineligible to participate in Title IV programs as of the first day of the fiscal year
following the fiscal year in which it exceeded the 90% threshold, and it was unable to apply to
regain its eligibility until the next fiscal year. If an institution exceeded the 90% threshold for
a fiscal year and it and its students had received Title IV funds for the next fiscal year, it was
required to return those funds to the applicable lender or the Department of Education. The August
2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act included significant revisions to the 90/10
Rule, effective upon the date of the laws enactment. Under the revised law, an institution is
subject to loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs only if it exceeds the 90%
threshold for two consecutive fiscal years, and an institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any
single fiscal year will be placed on provisional certification.
Using the Department of Educations formula under the 90/10 Rule, as promulgated prior to
regulatory revisions implementing the August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act, for
our 2008 and 2009 fiscal years, we derived approximately 68% and 72%, respectively, of our revenues
(calculated on a cash basis) from Title IV program funds. For our 2010 fiscal year, we derived
approximately 76% of our revenues (calculated on a cash basis) from Title IV program funds. Recent
changes in federal law that increased Title IV grant and loan limits, and any additional increases
in the future, may result in an increase in the revenues NAU receives from Title IV programs, which
could make it more difficult for us to satisfy the 90/10 Rule. In addition, economic downturns
that adversely affect students employment circumstances could also increase their reliance on
Title IV programs. However, such effects may be mitigated by other provisions of the recent Higher
Education Act reauthorization that allow institutions, when calculating their compliance with this
revenue test, to exclude from their Title IV revenues through June 30, 2011 the additional federal
student loan amounts that became available July 1, 2008 under the Ensuring Continued Access to
Student Loans Act, and to include more non-Title IV revenues, such as revenues from institutional
loans under certain circumstances.
Student loan defaults. Under the Higher Education Act, an educational institution may lose its
eligibility to participate in some or all of Title IV programs if defaults by its students on the
repayment of loans received through either the FFEL or the Federal Direct Loan programs exceed
certain levels. For each federal fiscal year, the Department of Education calculates a rate of
student defaults on such loans for each institution, known as a cohort default rate. An
institutions cohort default rate for a federal fiscal year is calculated by determining the rate
at which borrowers who became subject to their repayment obligation in that federal fiscal year
defaulted by the end of the following federal fiscal year. Before July 1, 2010, we participated in
both the FFEL and Federal Direct Loan programs. As of July 1, 2010, following the elimination of
the FFEL program, we participate only in the Federal Direct Loan program. Defaults by students on
the repayment of loans received through the FFEL program still will be counted; however, in the
calculation to determine our eligibility to participate in the Federal Direct Loan program.
-32-
If the Department of Education notifies an institution that its cohort default rates for each
of the three most recent federal fiscal years are 25% or greater, the institutions participation
in the Federal Direct Loan and Pell Grant programs ends 30 days after that notification, unless the
institution appeals that determination in a timely manner on specified grounds and according to
specified procedures. In addition, an institutions participation in the Federal Direct Loan
programs ends 30 days after notification by the Department of Education that the institutions most
recent cohort default rate is greater than 40%, unless the institution timely appeals that
determination on specified grounds and according to specified procedures. An institution whose
participation ends under either of these provisions may not participate in the Federal Direct Loan
and Pell Grant programs, as applicable, for the remainder of the fiscal year in which the
institution receives the notification and for the next two federal fiscal years.
If an institutions cohort default rate equals or exceeds 25% in any single federal fiscal
year, the institution may be placed on provisional certification status. Provisional certification
does not limit an institutions access to Title IV program funds, but it does subject an
institution to closer review by the Department of Education if the institution applies for
recertification or approval to open a new location, add
an educational program, acquire another school or make any other significant change.
Additionally, the Department of Education may revoke the certification of a provisionally-certified
institution without advance notice if the Department of Education determines that the institution
is not fulfilling material Title IV program requirements. We were approved to participate in the
FFEL program before its expiration on July 1, 2010, and we currently are approved to participate in
the Federal Direct Loan program. The potential sanctions discussed in this section are based on
the combined cohort default rate for loans issued to students under both the FFEL program and the
Federal Direct Loan program. Our official cohort default rates for the 2007, 2006 and 2005 federal
fiscal years (the most recent federal fiscal years for which official cohort default rates have
been issued by the Department of Education) were 8.2%, 7.3% and 7.5%, respectively.
The August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act included significant revisions to
the requirements concerning FFEL and Federal Direct Loan cohort default rates. Under the revised
law, the period for which students defaults on their loans are included in the calculation of an
institutions cohort default rate has been extended by one additional year, which is expected to
increase the cohort default rates for most institutions. That change will be effective with the
calculation of institutions cohort default rates for federal fiscal year 2009, which are expected
to be calculated and issued by the Department of Education in 2012. The revised law also increased
the threshold for ending an institutions participation in the relevant Title IV programs from 25%
to 30%, effective in 2012.
Incentive compensation. The Higher Education Act prohibits an educational institution that
participates in the Title IV programs from making any commission, bonus or other incentive payments
based directly or indirectly on securing enrollments or financial aid to any persons or entities
involved in student recruiting or admissions activities, or in making decisions about the award of
student financial assistance. Under current Department of Education regulations, there are twelve
safe harbor provisions which specify certain activities and arrangements that an institution may
carry out without violating the prohibition against incentive compensation reflected in the Higher
Education Act, including the following:
|
|
|
an institution may make up to two adjustments (upward or downward) to a covered
employees salary or fixed hourly wage rate within any 12-month period without the
adjustment being considered an incentive payment, provided that no adjustment is based
solely on the number of students recruited, admitted, enrolled or awarded financial
aid; |
|
|
|
a covered employee may be compensated based upon students successfully completing
their educational programs; and |
|
|
|
the incentive payment prohibition in the Higher Education Act does not apply to
managerial and supervisory employees who do not directly manage or supervise employees
who are directly involved in recruiting or admissions activities, or the awarding of
Title IV funds. |
While we believe that our compensation policies and practices have not been based on success in
enrolling students in violation of applicable law, the Department of Educations regulations and
interpretations of the incentive compensation law do not establish clear criteria for compliance in
all circumstances and, in a limited number of instances, our actions have not been within the scope
of any specific safe harbor provided in the regulations.
-33-
In the June NPRM, the Department proposes to delete all twelve safe harbors, taking the
position that any adjustment to compensation based directly or indirectly on securing enrollments
or awarding financial aid is inconsistent with the incentive payment prohibition in the Higher
Education Act. Among other examples, the Department asserts that compensating employees based upon
students successfully completing educational programs is indirectly based on securing enrollments
(i.e., unless the student enrolls, the student cannot successfully complete an educational
program), and also that the incentive compensation prohibition should extend all the way to the
senior management of an institution or organization. The Department contends that an institution
would still be able to make merit-based adjustments to employee compensation, but asserts that an
institution is not permitted to consider, and that
no form of compensation can be based in any part on, directly or indirectly, an employees success
in securing student enrollments or the award of financial aid or institutional goals based on that
success, among other factors.
The Department of Education is expected to adopt final regulations by November 1, 2010, with
such regulations becoming effective on July 1, 2011. If the proposed rule is adopted in the form
proposed, and the twelve safe harbors for incentive compensation are eliminated, then we would have
to modify some of our compensation practices. Such a change could affect our ability to compensate
our enrollment advisors and other employees in a manner that appropriately reflects their relative
merit, which in turn could (1) reduce the effectiveness of our employees, and make it more
difficult for us to attract and retain staff with the desired talent and motivation to succeed and
(2) impair our ability to sustain and grow our business.
Additionally, in recent years, several for-profit education companies have been faced with
whistleblower lawsuits, known as qui tam cases, brought by current or former employees alleging
that their institutions compensation practices did not comply with the incentive compensation
rule. A qui tam case is a civil lawsuit brought by one or more individuals (a relator) on
behalf of the federal government for an alleged submission to the government of a false claim for
payment. The relator, often a current or former employee, is entitled to a share of the
governments recovery in the case, including the possibility of treble damages. A qui tam action
is always filed under seal and remains under seal until the government decides whether to intervene
in the case. If the government intervenes, it takes over primary control of the litigation. If the
government declines to intervene in the case, the relator may nonetheless elect to continue to
pursue the litigation at his or her own expense on behalf of the government.
Gainful employment. Under the Higher Education Act, proprietary schools are generally eligible
to participate in Title IV programs only to the extent that their educational programs lead to
gainful employment in a recognized occupation. In the July NPRM, the Department of Education
proposes to assess whether a program leads to gainful employment by applying two tests, one based
on debt-to-income ratios and the other based on repayment rates. The Department of Educations
proposed rule is not clear in several important respects, as certain key aspects of the two tests
appear only in commentary to the proposal rule and not the actual proposed regulatory language. It
therefore remains subject to varying interpretations at this time, and we anticipate the Department
of Education will provide clarifications and further guidance in conjunction with its subsequent
issuance of a final rule.
|
|
|
Under the debt-to-income test, the Department would annually calculate (1) the ratio
of the annual loan payment for the program to the average annual earnings of the
students who completed the program and (2) the ratio of the annual loan payment for the
program to the discretionary income of students who completed the program. The annual
loan payment would be calculated using the median loan debt of all students who
completed the program in the three most recently completed award years prior to the
earnings year and using standard repayment terms (i.e., a 10-year repayment schedule
and the current annual interest rate on Federal unsubsidized loans). Loan debt would
include Title IV loans (except Parent PLUS loans) and any private educational loans or
debt obligations arising from institutional financing plans, but would not include any
student loan that a student incurred at prior institutions or subsequent institutions
unless the institutions are under common ownership or control, or are otherwise related
entities. Average annual earnings would be calculated by the Department using actual,
average annual earnings obtained from the Social Security Administration or another
federal agency for the students who completed the program in the most recent
three-fiscal year period. Discretionary income would be calculated based on the
difference between average annual earnings and 150 percent of the most current Poverty
Guideline for a single person in the continental United States. |
-34-
|
|
|
Under the repayment rate test, the Department would annually calculate a loan
repayment rate by dividing (1) the original outstanding principal balance of all loans
repaid by (2) the original outstanding principal balance of all loans issued under
Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL)
and Federal Direct Loan programs which entered repayment in the prior four federal
fiscal years and are owed by students who attended the program (i.e., not just borrowers
who completed the program). Although not set forth the actual regulatory language, it
appears from the Departments accompanying commentary that a loan would be counted as
repaid if the borrower: (1) made loan payments during the most recent fiscal year that
reduced the outstanding principal balance; (2) made qualifying payments on the loan
under the Public Service Loan Forgiveness Program; or (3) paid the loan in full,
excluding loans paid in full through consolidation, unless and until the consolidated
loan is paid in full. A loan would not be counted as repaid if the borrower is meeting
its legal obligations, but not actively repaying the loan, such as a loan in deferment
or forbearance or on an income-contingent repayment plan and paying only interest. The
ratio excludes loan amounts for borrowers in military or in-school deferment, and
borrowers entering repayment in the final six months of the most recent federal fiscal
year. The original outstanding principal balance would be the balance on FFEL and
Federal Direct Loan program loans, including capitalized interest, on the date those
loans entered repayment. |
Based on a programs performance under these two tests, the program may be fully eligible,
have restricted eligibility or be ineligible to participate in Title IV programs as follows:
|
|
|
Fully eligible programs would have either (1) at least a 45% loan repayment rate, or
(2) graduates with a debt-to-income ratio of less than 20% of discretionary income or
8% of average annual earnings. Unless a fully eligible program passes both benchmarks,
institutions would have to disclose the programs repayment rates and debt-to-income
ratios and alert current and prospective students that they may have difficulty
repaying loans obtained for attending that program. |
|
|
|
Ineligible programs would have a less than 35% loan repayment rate, and graduates
with a debt-to-income ratio above 30% of discretionary income and 12% of average annual
earnings. An ineligible program may not offer Title IV aid to new students, but can
provide aid to current students for the remainder of the award year in which the
program became eligible and the following award year. The institution would have to
disclose the programs repayment rates and debt-to-income ratios and alert students
that they may have difficulty repaying loans obtained for attending that program. |
|
|
|
All other programs would be restricted programs. The proposed regulations would
limit the enrollment of Title IV recipients in restricted programs to the average
number enrolled during the prior three award years, require the institution to
demonstrate employer support for the program, warn consumers and current students that
they may have difficulty repaying loans obtained for attending the program and provide
the most recent debt measures for the program. Institutions would demonstrate employer
support for a program by providing documentation from employers not affiliated with the
institution affirming that the curriculum of the program aligns with the recognized
occupations at those employers businesses, and that there are projected job vacancies
or expected demand for those occupations at those businesses. The number and locations
of the businesses for which affirmation is required must be commensurate with the
anticipated size of the program. |
-35-
Institutions with one or more ineligible or restricted programs would be subject to
provisional certification. For a new program to be eligible to participate in Title IV programs,
the proposed rules would require an institution to apply to have the program approved by the
Department. As part of its application, the institution would need to provide: (1) the projected
enrollment for the program for the next five years for each location of the institution that will
offer the additional program; (2) documentation of employer support for the program similar to that
described above for programs on restricted status; and (3) if the additional program constitutes a
substantive change, documentation of the approval of the substantive change from its accrediting
agency. In determining whether to approve the new program, the Department
could restrict the approval for an initial period based on the institutions enrollment projections
and demonstrated ability to offer programs that lead to gainful employment. If the new program
constitutes a substantive change based solely on program content, it would be subject to the
gainful employment measures as soon as data on the loan repayment rate and debt measures are
available. Otherwise, the loan repayment rate and debt measures for the new program would be based,
in part, on loan data from the institutions other programs currently or previously offered that
are in the same job family, as defined by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
To give programs an opportunity to improve and to ensure data integrity, the Department
proposes that programs may not be found ineligible to participate in Title IV programs on account
of the proposed new gainful employment regulations until July 1, 2012. The portion of the proposed
regulations regarding the eligibility of new programs; however, would become effective July 1,
2011.
The Department of Education is expected to adopt final regulations by November 1, 2010, to be
effective as described above. If this regulation is adopted in a form similar to that proposed by
the Department of Education, it could render a significant number of our programs, and many
programs offered by other proprietary educational institutions, ineligible for Title IV funding.
In addition, the continuing eligibility of our educational programs for Title IV funding would be
at risk due to factors beyond our control, such as changes in the income levels of our former
students, increases in interest rates, changes in student mix to persons requiring higher amounts
of student loans to complete their programs, changes in student loan delinquency rates and other
factors. If a particular program ceased to be eligible for Title IV funding, in most cases it would
not be practical to continue offering that program under our current business model. We may have
to substantially increase our efforts to promote student loan repayment to ensure continued
eligibility for certain programs to remain eligible for Title IV funding. We could also be
required to increase disclosures to our students and prospective students, and our program growth
could be restricted or compromised. Any of these events could materially increase our costs of
doing business, cause decreased enrollments, and have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Compliance reviews. We are subject to announced and unannounced compliance reviews and audits
by various external agencies, including the Department of Education, its Office of Inspector
General, state licensing agencies, agencies that have guaranteed FFEL loans, various state
approving agencies for financial assistance to veterans and accrediting commissions. As part of the
Department of Educations ongoing monitoring of institutions administration of Title IV programs,
the Higher Education Act also requires institutions to annually submit to the Department of
Education a Title IV compliance audit conducted by an independent certified public accountant in
accordance with applicable federal and Department of Education audit standards. In addition, to
enable the Department of Education to make a determination of an institutions financial
responsibility, each institution must annually submit audited financial statements prepared in
accordance with Department of Education regulations.
-36-
Privacy of student records. The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, or FERPA,
and the Department of Educations FERPA regulations require educational institutions to protect the
privacy of students educational records by limiting an institutions disclosure of a students
personally identifiable information without the students prior written consent. FERPA also
requires institutions to allow students to review and request changes to their educational records
maintained by the institution, to notify students at least annually of this inspection right and to
maintain records in each students file listing requests for access to and disclosures of
personally identifiable information and the interest of such party in that information. If an
institution fails to comply with FERPA, the Department of Education may require corrective actions
by the institution or may terminate an institutions receipt of further federal funds. In addition,
educational institutions are obligated to safeguard student information pursuant to the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or GLBA, a federal law designed to protect consumers personal financial
information held by financial institutions and other entities that provide financial services to
consumers. GLBA and the applicable GLBA regulations require an institution to, among other things,
develop and maintain a comprehensive, written information security program designed to protect
against the
unauthorized disclosure of personally identifiable financial information of students, parents
or other individuals with whom such institution has a customer relationship. If an institution
fails to comply with the applicable GLBA requirements, it may be required to take corrective
actions, be subject to monitoring and oversight by the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and be
subject to fines or penalties imposed by the FTC. For-profit educational institutions are also
subject to the general deceptive practices jurisdiction of the FTC with respect to their
collection, use and disclosure of student information. The institution must also comply with the
FTC Red Flags Rule, a section of the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act, that requires the
establishment of guidelines and policies regarding identity theft related to student credit
accounts.
Potential effect of regulatory violations. If we fail to comply with the regulatory standards
governing Title IV programs, the Department of Education could impose one or more sanctions,
including transferring NAU to the reimbursement or cash monitoring method of payment, requiring us
to repay Title IV program funds, requiring us to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department
of Education as a condition for continued Title IV certification, taking emergency action against
us, initiating proceedings to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate our participation in
Title IV programs or referring the matter for civil or criminal prosecution. Because we are
provisionally certified to participate in Title IV programs, the Department of Education may revoke
our certification without advance notice or advance opportunity for us to challenge that action. If
such sanctions or proceedings were imposed against us and resulted in a substantial curtailment or
termination of our participation in Title IV programs, our enrollments, revenues and results of
operations could be materially and adversely affected.
In addition to the actions that may be brought against us as a result of our participation in
Title IV programs, we are also subject to complaints and lawsuits relating to regulatory compliance
brought not only by regulatory agencies, but also by other government agencies and third parties,
such as current or former students or employees and other members of the public.
Regulatory Standards that May Restrict Institutional Expansion or Other Changes
Many actions that we may wish to take in connection with expanding our operations or other
changes are subject to review or approval by the applicable regulatory agencies.
Adding teaching locations, implementing new educational programs and increasing enrollment.
The requirements and standards of state education agencies, accrediting commissions and the
Department of Education limit our ability in certain instances to establish additional teaching
locations, implement new educational programs or increase enrollment in certain programs. Many
states require review and approval before institutions can add new locations or programs. The state
educational agencies, the Higher Learning Commission and the specialized accrediting commissions
that authorize or accredit us and our programs generally require institutions to notify them in
advance of adding new locations or implementing new programs, and upon notification may undertake a
review of the quality of the facility or the program and the financial, academic and other
qualifications of the institution.
-37-
With respect to the Department of Education, if an institution participating in Title IV
programs plans to add a new location or educational program, the institution must generally apply
to the Department of Education to have the additional location or educational program designated as
within the scope of the institutions Title IV eligibility. However, under current regulations and
subject to potential changes under regulations proposed on July 26, 2010 by the Department of
Education, a degree-granting institution generally is not required to obtain the Department of
Educations approval of additional programs that lead to an Associate, Bachelors, professional or
graduate degree at the same degree level as programs previously approved by the Department of
Education. Similarly, under current regulations and subject to potential changes under regulations
proposed on July 26, 2010 by the Department of Education, an institution is not required to obtain
advance approval for new programs that prepare students for gainful employment in the same or a
related recognized occupation as an educational program that has previously been designated by the
Department of Education as an eligible program at that institution if it meets certain
minimum-length requirements. However, as a condition for an institution to participate in Title IV
programs on a provisional basis, as in our case, the Department of Education can require prior
approval of
such programs or otherwise restrict the number of programs an institution may add or the
extent to which an institution can modify existing educational programs. If an institution that is
required to obtain the Department of Educations advance approval for the addition of a new program
or new location fails to do so, the institution may be liable for repayment of the Title IV program
funds received by the institution or students in connection with that program or enrolled at that
location.
Provisional certification. Each institution must apply to the Department of Education for
continued certification to participate in Title IV programs at least every six years and when it
undergoes a change in control. An institution may also come under the Department of Educations
review when it expands its activities in certain ways, such as opening an additional location,
adding an educational program or modifying the academic credentials that it offers.
The Department of Education may place an institution on provisional certification status if it
finds that the institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and certification
standards. In addition, if a company acquires a school from another entity, the acquired school
will automatically be placed on provisional certification when the Department of Education approves
the transaction. During the period of provisional certification, the institution must comply with
any additional conditions or restrictions included in its program participation agreement with the
Department of Education. Students attending provisionally certified institutions remain eligible to
receive Title IV program funds, but if the Department of Education finds that a provisionally
certified institution is unable to meet its responsibilities under its program participation
agreement, it may seek to revoke the institutions certification to participate in Title IV
programs without advance notice or advance opportunity for the institution to challenge that
action. In addition, the Department of Education may more closely review an institution that is
provisionally certified if it applies for recertification or approval to open a new location, add
an educational program, acquire another school or make any other significant change.
We are currently provisionally certified to participate in Title IV programs through December
31, 2012. Our status beyond that point depends on whether the Department of Education determines at
that time that we are not fully satisfying all of the Department of Education eligibility and
certification standards.
Acquiring other schools. While we have not acquired any other schools in the past, we may seek
to do so in the future. The Department of Education and virtually all state education agencies and
accrediting commissions require a company to obtain their approval if it wishes to acquire another
school. The level of review varies by individual state and accrediting commission, with some
requiring approval of such an acquisition before it occurs while others only consider approval
after the acquisition has occurred. The approval of the applicable state education agencies and
accrediting commissions is a necessary prerequisite to the Department of Education certifying the
acquired school to participate in Title IV programs. The restrictions imposed by any of the
applicable regulatory agencies could delay or prevent our acquisition of other schools in some
circumstances.
-38-
Change in ownership resulting in a change in control. Many states and accrediting commissions
require institutions of higher education to report or obtain approval of certain changes in control
and changes in other aspects of institutional organization or control. The types of and thresholds
for such reporting and approval vary among the states and accrediting commissions. The Higher
Learning Commission provides that an institution must obtain its approval in advance of a change in
control, structure or organization for the institution to retain its accredited status. In
addition, in the event of a change in control, structure or organization, the Higher Learning
Commission requires a post-transaction focused visit or other evaluation to review the
appropriateness of its approval of the change and whether the institution has met the commitment it
made to the Higher Learning Commission prior to the approval. Other specialized accrediting
commissions also require an institution to obtain similar approval before or after the event that
constitutes a change in control under their standards.
Many states include the transfer of a controlling interest of common stock in the definition
of a change in control requiring approval, but their thresholds for determining a change in control
vary widely. A change in control under the definition of one state educational agency that
regulates us might require us to
obtain approval of the change in control to maintain authorization to operate in that state,
and in some cases such states could require us to obtain advance approval of the change in control.
Under Department of Education regulations, an institution that undergoes a change in control
loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and must apply to the Department of
Education to reestablish such eligibility. If an institution files the required application and
follows other procedures, the Department of Education may temporarily certify the institution on a
provisional basis following the change in control, so that the institutions students retain access
to Title IV program funds until the Department of Education completes its full review. In addition,
the Department of Education will extend such temporary provisional certification if the institution
timely files other required materials, including the approval of the change in control by its state
authorizing agency and accrediting commission and an audited balance sheet showing the financial
condition of the institution or its parent corporation as of the date of the change in control. If
the institution fails to meet any of these applications and other deadlines, its certification will
expire and its students will not be eligible to receive Title IV program funds until the Department
of Education completes its full review, which commonly takes several months and may take longer. If
the Department of Education approves the application after a change in control, it will certify the
institution on a provisional basis for a period of up to approximately three years.
Our November 2009 transaction with Dlorah was deemed to be a change of control for NAU by both
the Department of Education and the Higher Learning Commission. The Department of Education
recertified NAU to participate in Title IV programs following the transaction, with such
certification extending through December 31, 2012. The Higher Learning Commission approved the
change of ownership or control, with several conditions consistent with its change of ownership
procedures and requirements. These conditions include: (a) that we file a progress report by week
six of each semester providing our enrollment information by degree program and by location; (b)
that we file a contingency report if there is any decision to offer a follow-up or secondary stock
offering at least 90 days prior to such an offering so that the Higher Learning Commission may
assess whether there may be a subsequent change of control under the Higher Learning Commissions
policies; (c) that we undergo an evaluation within six months of the closing of the transaction
focused on ascertaining the appropriateness of the approval of the change of control and of the
institutions compliance with any commitments made in the change of control application as well as
with the applicable accreditation criteria and eligibility requirements; and (d) that a stipulation
be added to our affiliation status limiting the programs at the Masters level to existing programs
and requiring us to seek the Higher Learning Commissions approval for the addition of any new
Masters degrees. With respect to the progress report condition, the Higher Learning Commission
approval provided that, if the pattern of enrollment growth calls into question the capacity of the
institution to provide quality teaching and learning, the Higher Learning Commission may schedule a
focused evaluation regarding this issue. With respect to the conduct of the focused evaluation
related to our transaction with Dlorah, the Higher Learning Commission directed the team conducting
that evaluation to review the pattern of governance exercised by us and succession planning to
prepare the institution for the divestiture of the Buckingham family shares. In addition, the
Higher Learning Commission approval indicated that it was reasonable to assume that the evaluation
team conducting the focused evaluation might recommend a shortened time frame before the next
comprehensive evaluation visit but not to exceed five years from the date of that focused visit.
The approval confirmed that the Higher Learning Commission will not consider requests for approval
of any additional educational programs at the Masters level until after the successful completion
of the focused evaluation conducted subsequent to the close of the transaction. Any failure by us
to comply with the requirements of the Department of Education, the Higher Learning Commission or
the state educational agencies from which we have a license or authorization, or a failure to
obtain their approval of the change in control, could result in loss of authorization,
accreditation or eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and cause a significant decline in
our student enrollments.
-39-
A change in control also could occur as a result of future transactions in which we are
involved. Some corporate reorganizations and some changes in the board of directors are examples of
such transactions. In addition, Department of Education regulations provide that a change in
control occurs for a publicly traded corporation if either: (a) there is an event that would
obligate the corporation to file a Current Report on
Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing a change in control, or (b)
the corporation has a stockholder that owns at least 25% of the total outstanding voting stock of
the corporation and is the largest stockholder of the corporation, and that stockholder ceases to
own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the largest stockholder. These standards are subject
to interpretation by the Department of Education. A significant purchase or disposition of our
voting stock in the future, including a disposition of our voting stock by Robert Buckinghams
partnership or living trust, could be determined by the Department of Education to be a change in
control under this standard. The potential adverse effects of a change in control could influence
future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or
redemption of stock. In addition, the adverse regulatory effect of a change in control also could
discourage bids for our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of our
common stock.
Additional state regulation. Most state education agencies impose regulatory requirements on
educational institutions operating within their boundaries. Some states have sought to assert
jurisdiction over out-of-state educational institutions offering online degree programs that have
no physical location or other presence in the state but that have some activity in the state, such
as enrolling or offering educational services to students who reside in the state, employing
faculty who reside in the state or advertising to or recruiting prospective students in the state.
State regulatory requirements for online education vary among the states, are not well developed in
many states, are imprecise or unclear in some states and can change frequently. We have determined
that our activities in certain states constitute a presence requiring licensure or authorization
under the requirements of the state education agency in those states, and in other states we have
obtained approvals as we have determined necessary in connection with our marketing and recruiting
activities. We review the licensure requirements of other states when appropriate to determine
whether our activities in those states constitute a presence or otherwise require licensure or
authorization by the respective state education agencies. Because we enroll students from all 50
states and the District of Columbia, we expect to have to seek licensure or authorization in
additional states in the future. If we fail to comply with state licensing or authorization
requirements for any state, we may be subject to the loss of state licensure or authorization by
that state, or be subject to other sanctions, including restrictions on our activities in that
state, fines and penalties. The loss of licensure or authorization in a state could prohibit us
from recruiting prospective students or offering services to current students in that state, which
could significantly reduce our enrollments.
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
The following risk factors and other information included in this Form 10-K should be
carefully considered. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face.
Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe are not
material may also adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flows
and prospects.
-40-
Risks Related to the Extensive Regulation of our Business
If we fail to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements governing our university, we could
incur significant monetary liabilities, fines and penalties, including loss of access to federal
student loans and grants for our students, on which we are substantially dependent.
For our fiscal year ended May 31, 2010, we derived approximately 76% of our revenues
(calculated on a cash basis) from federal student financial aid programs, known as Title IV
programs, administered by the United States Department of Education, or the Department of
Education. A significant percentage of our students rely on the availability of Title IV program
funds to finance their cost of attending NAU. To participate in Title IV programs, a post-secondary
institution must be authorized by the appropriate state education agency or agencies, be accredited
by an accrediting commission recognized by the Department of Education, and be certified as an
eligible institution by the Department of Education. In addition, NAUs operations and programs are
regulated by other state education agencies and additional accrediting commissions. We are subject
to extensive regulation by the education agencies of multiple states, the Higher Learning
Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, or the Higher
Learning Commission, which is our institutional accrediting commission, various specialized
accrediting commissions, and the Department of Education. These regulatory requirements cover the
vast majority of our operations, including our educational programs, instructional and
administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing, student recruiting and admissions, and
financial operations. These regulatory requirements also affect our ability to open additional
schools and locations, add new educational programs, change existing educational programs and
change our ownership structure.
The agencies and commissions that regulate our operations periodically revise their
requirements and modify their interpretations of existing requirements. Regulatory requirements are
not always precise and clear, and regulatory agencies may sometimes disagree with the way we
interpret or apply these requirements. Any misinterpretation by us of regulatory requirements could
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we fail to comply
with any of these regulatory requirements, we could suffer financial penalties, limitations on our
operations, loss of accreditation, termination of or limitations on our ability to grant degrees
and certificates, or limitations on or termination of our eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs, each of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and
results of operations. In addition, if we are charged with regulatory violations, our reputation
could be damaged, which could have a negative impact on our enrollments and materially adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot predict with
certainty how all of these regulatory requirements will be applied, or whether we will be able to
comply with all of the applicable requirements in the future.
If we lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs for any reason, we would
experience a dramatic and adverse decline in revenue, financial condition, results of operations
and future growth prospects. Furthermore, we would be unable to continue our business as it
currently is conducted, which would be expected to have a material adverse effect on our ability to
continue as a going concern.
Congress may revise the laws governing Title IV programs or reduce funding for those programs and
the Department of Education may revise its regulations administering Title IV programs, any of
which could reduce our enrollment and revenue and increase costs of operations.
Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect Title IV programs. The Higher Education
Act of 1965, as amended, which is a federal law that governs Title IV programs, must be
periodically reauthorized by Congress and was most recently reauthorized in August 2008. In October
2009, the Department of Education published final regulations implementing statutory changes from
the August 2008 reauthorization relating to, among other things, the 90/10 Rule, student
eligibility, disclosure requirements, the relationships between schools and lenders of private and
Title IV loans, and the approval and oversight of accrediting agencies. These regulations took
effect on July 1, 2010. Congress must determine funding levels for Title IV programs on an annual
basis and can change the laws governing Title IV programs at any time. We cannot predict with
certainty the nature of any new regulatory requirements, other future revisions to the law or
funding levels for Title IV programs. Because a significant percentage of our revenue is and is
expected to be derived from Title IV programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces
Title IV program funding or the ability of us or our students to participate in Title IV programs
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations. Congressional action also may require us to modify our practices in ways that could
increase administrative costs and reduce profit margins, which could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
-41-
If Congress significantly reduced the amount of available Title IV program funding, we would
attempt to arrange for alternative sources of financial aid for our students, such as private
sources. We cannot provide assurance that one or more private organizations would be willing or
able to provide sufficient loans to students attending one of our schools or programs, or that the
interest rate and other terms of such loans would be as favorable as Title IV program loans or
acceptable to our students or that such private sources would be adequate to replace the full
amount of the reduction in Title IV program funding. Therefore, even if some form of private
financing sources become available, our enrollment could be materially adversely affected. In
addition, private organizations could require us to guarantee all or part of
this assistance resulting in additional costs to us. If we were to provide more direct
financial assistance to our students, we would assume increased credit risks and incur additional
costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
On June 18, 2010, the Department of Education published in the Federal Register a Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking (June NPRM) related to a number of Title IV program integrity issues.
The June NPRM addresses each of the 14 topics discussed at the negotiated rulemaking sessions held in
November 2009, December 2009 and January 2010, including, among others, the definition of a high school
diploma for the purposes of establishing institutional eligibility to participate in Title IV programs
and student eligibility to receive Title IV aid, standards regarding the payment of incentive
compensation, establishing requirements for institutions to submit information on program completers for
programs that prepare students for gainful employment in recognized occupations, revising the definition of
what constitutes a substantial misrepresentation made by an institution, standards regarding the
sufficiency of a states authorization of an institution for the purpose of establishing an institutions
eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, and the definition of a credit hour for purposes of
determining program eligibility for Title IV student financial aid. On July 26, 2010, the Department of Education
published in the Federal Register another Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (July NPRM) related to a
definition of gainful employment for purposes of determining whether certain educational programs comply
with the Title IV requirement of preparing students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation.
The Department of Education is expected to adopt final regulations before November 1, 2010,
many of which could be effective as early as July 1, 2011. We are unable to predict the final form
of any regulations that the Department of Education ultimately may adopt. Compliance with these and
other new and changing regulations could reduce our enrollments, increase our cost of doing
business, and have a material adverse effect on our business.
Congress has recently commenced an examination of the for-profit education sector that could result
in legislation or further Department of Education rulemaking restricting Title IV program
participation by proprietary schools in a manner that could materially and adversely affect our
business.
In recent months, Congress has placed increased focus on the role that for-profit educational
institutions play in higher education. For example, on June 17, 2010, the Education and Labor
Committee of the House of Representatives held a hearing to examine the manner in which accrediting
agencies review higher education institutions policies on credit hours and program length. On June 24,
2010, the Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Committee of the Senate released a report entitled
Emerging Risk?: An Overview of Growth, Spending, Student Debt and Unanswered Questions in
For-Profit Higher Education and held the first in a series of hearings to examine the proprietary education
sector. On August 4, 2010, the Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Committee held an additional hearing
in its series, focusing on student recruiting at for-profit schools. Earlier, on June 21, the
Chairmen of each of these education committees, together with other members of Congress, requested the Government
Accountability Office (GAO) to conduct a review and prepare a report with recommendations
regarding various aspects of the proprietary sector, including recruitment practices,
educational quality, student outcomes, the sufficiency of integrity safeguards against waste, fraud and abuse in
federal student aid programs and the degree to which proprietary institutions revenue is composed of Title IV
and other federal funding sources. These hearings and the requested GAO review are not formally related
to the Departments program integrity rulemaking process currently underway regarding program
integrity issues, which are described above.
-42-
On August 5, 2010, we received a request for information from the U.S. Senate Committee on
Health, Education, Labor and Pensions (the Committee) relating to the Committees ongoing
hearings relating to for-profit colleges receiving Title IV student financial aid. It is our
understanding, based on communication from Senator Harkin, chairman of the Committee, this request
was extended to 30 proprietary educational institutions. The request seeks information to more
accurately understand how we use Federal resources, including how we recruit and enroll students,
set program price or tuition, determine financial aid including private or institutional loans,
track attendance, handle withdrawal of students and
return of Title IV dollars and manage compliance with the requirement that no more than 90% of
revenues come from Title IV dollars. The request also seeks an understanding of the number of
students who complete or graduate from programs offered by us, how many of those students find new
work in their educational area, the debt levels of students enrolling and completing programs and
how we track and manage the number of students who risk default within the cohort default rate
window. In furtherance of this, the Committee has requested that we provide information about a
broad spectrum of our business, including detailed information relating to financial results,
management, operations, personnel, recruiting, enrollment, graduation, student withdrawals, receipt
of Title IV funds, institutional accreditation, regulatory compliance and other matters. We intend
to cooperate with the Committee and to work with the Committee to provide the requested information
in a manner that does not compromise our sensitive proprietary operating and other information.
The Committee has requested that we produce a portion of the specified information by August 26,
2010 and the remainder of the information by September 16, 2010.
The outcome of the hearings, the requested GAO review and the Committee request for
information could impact the substance of the rulemaking process. We cannot predict whether, or
the extent to which, these hearings and review will result in legislation or further rulemaking
affecting our participation in Title IV programs. To the extent that any laws or regulations are
adopted that limit our participation in Title IV programs or the amount of student financial aid
for which the students at our institutions are eligible, our enrollments, revenues and results of
operation could be materially and adversely affected.
The August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act includes substantially increased
reporting and other requirements that could impair our reputation and adversely affect our
enrollments. Our failure to comply with or accurately interpret the requirements of the Higher
Education Act may subject us to penalties and other sanctions.
The most recent reauthorization of the Higher Education Act, in August 2008, contains numerous
revisions to the requirements governing Title IV programs. Among other things, institutions
participating in Title IV programs are subject to extensive additional reporting and disclosure
requirements. Any failure by us to properly interpret these new requirements could subject us to
limitation, suspension or termination of our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, the
imposition of conditions on our participation in Title IV programs, monetary liabilities, fines and
penalties or other sanctions imposed by the Department of Education, which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The prospect of such
sanctions may cause us to conservatively interpret the new reporting requirements of Title IV
programs by the Department of Education, which may limit our flexibility in operating our business.
-43-
If any of the education regulatory agencies or commissions that regulate us do not approve or delay
any required approvals of transactions involving a change of control, our ability to operate or
participate in Title IV programs may be impaired.
If we experience a change in control under the standards of the Department of Education, the
Higher Learning Commission, any applicable state educational licensing agency, or any specialized
accrediting agency commission, we must notify or seek the approval of each such agency. These
agencies do not have uniform criteria for what constitutes a change in control. Transactions or
events that typically constitute a change in control include significant acquisitions or
dispositions of the voting stock of an institution or its parent company, and significant changes
in the composition of the board of directors of an institution or its parent company. Some of these
transactions or events may be beyond our control. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in receiving,
approval of any change in control from the Department of Education, the Higher Learning Commission
or applicable state educational licensing agencies could impair our ability to operate or
participate in Title IV programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations. Failure to obtain, or a delay in receiving, approval
of any change in control from any state in which we are currently licensed or authorized, or from
any of our specialized accrediting commissions, could require us to suspend our activities in that
state or suspend offering the applicable programs until we receive the required approval, or could
otherwise impair our operations. The
potential adverse effects of a change in control could influence future decisions by us and
our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock, which
could discourage bids for your shares of our stock and could have an adverse effect on the market
price of your shares.
Our failure to satisfy the conditions imposed by the Higher Learning Commission with respect to its
prior approval of the transaction with Dlorah could result in the loss of NAUs accreditation by
the Higher Learning Commission.
The Higher Learning Commissions approval of the November 2009 transaction whereby Dlorah
became our wholly owned subsidiary was subject to several conditions, consistent with the Higher
Learning Commissions change of ownership procedures and requirements. These conditions include:
(a) that NAU file a progress report by week six of each semester providing enrollment information
by degree program and by location; (b) that NAU file a contingency report if there is any decision
to offer a follow-up or secondary stock offering at least 90 days prior to such an offering so that
the Higher Learning Commission may assess whether there may be a subsequent change of control under
the Higher Learning Commissions policies; (c) that NAU undergo an evaluation within six months of
the closing of our transaction with Dlorah focused on ascertaining the appropriateness of the
approval of the change of control and of NAUs compliance with any commitments made in the change
of control application as well as with the applicable accreditation criteria and eligibility
requirements; and (d) that a stipulation be added to the affiliation status of NAU limiting the
programs at the Masters degree level to existing programs and requiring NAU to seek the Higher
Learning Commissions approval for the addition of any new Masters degrees. With respect to the
progress report condition, the Higher Learning Commission approval provided that, if the pattern of
enrollment growth calls into question NAUs capacity to provide quality teaching and learning, the
Higher Learning Commission may schedule a focused evaluation regarding this issue. With respect to
the conduct of the focused evaluation related to our transaction with Dlorah, the Higher Learning
Commission directed its team conducting that evaluation to review the pattern of governance
exercised at NAU and succession planning to prepare the institution for the divestiture of the
Buckingham familys ownership of the Company. In addition, the Higher Learning Commission approval
indicated that it was reasonable to assume that the evaluation team conducting the focused
evaluation might recommend a shortened time frame before the next comprehensive evaluation visit
but not to exceed five years from the date of that focused visit. The approval confirmed that the
Higher Learning Commission will not consider requests for approval of any additional educational
programs at the Masters level until after the successful completion of the focused evaluation. Any
failure on our part to satisfy these conditions may result in the loss of our accreditation by the
Higher Learning Commission, which would prevent us from participating in Title IV programs.
-44-
We cannot offer new programs, expand our operations into certain states or acquire additional
schools if such actions are not approved by the applicable regulatory and accrediting agencies, and
we may have to repay Title IV funds disbursed to students enrolled in any such programs, schools or
states if we do not obtain prior approval.
Our expansion plans include offering new educational programs, expanding operations in
additional states and potentially acquiring existing schools from other companies. If we are unable
to obtain the necessary approvals for such new programs, operations or acquisitions from the
Department of Education, the Higher Learning Commission or any applicable state educational
licensing agency or accrediting commission, or if we are unable to obtain such approvals in a
timely manner, our ability to consummate the planned actions and provide Title IV program funds to
any affected students would be impaired, which could have a material adverse effect on our
expansion plans and growth. If we were to determine erroneously that any such action did not need
approval or that we had obtained all required approvals, including all required approvals for each
of our current programs and locations, we could be liable for repayment of Title IV program funds
provided to students in that program or at that location.
If the Department of Education does not recertify us to continue participating in Title IV
programs, our students would lose their access to Title IV program funds, or we could be
recertified but required to accept significant limitations as a condition of our continued
participation in Title IV programs.
The Department of Education certification to participate in Title IV programs lasts a maximum
of six years, and institutions are required to seek recertification from the Department of
Education on a regular basis to continue their participation in Title IV programs. An institution
must also apply for recertification by the Department of Education if it undergoes a change in
control, as defined by Department of Education regulations, and may be subject to similar review if
it expands its operations or educational programs in certain ways. Generally, the recertification
process includes a review by the Department of Education of the institutions educational programs
and locations, administrative capability, financial responsibility and other oversight categories.
The Department of Education could limit, suspend or terminate an institutions participation in
Title IV programs for violations of the Higher Education Act or Title IV regulations. Our current
certification to participate in the Title IV programs, granted in connection with our transaction
with Dlorah, was effective in January 2010 and expires December 31, 2012. There can be no assurance
that the Department of Education will recertify us after our current period of certification or
that it would not impose restrictions in connection with any such recertification. In addition,
the Department of Education may take emergency action to suspend our certification without advance
notice if it receives reliable information that we are violating Title IV requirements and it
determines that immediate action is necessary to prevent misuse of Title IV funds. If the
Department of Education does not renew or withdraws our certification to participate in Title IV
programs at any time, our students would no longer be able to receive Title IV program funds.
Similarly, the Department of Education could renew our certification, but restrict or delay our
students receipt of Title IV funds, limit the number of students to whom it could disburse such
funds or impose other restrictions. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on
NAUs enrollments and our business, financial condition and results of operations.
-45-
We would lose our ability to participate in Title IV programs if we fail to maintain our
institutional accreditation, and our student enrollments could decline if we fail to maintain any
of our accreditations or approvals.
An institution must be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the Department of
Education to participate in Title IV programs. We have been granted institutional accreditation by
the Higher Learning Commission, which is a regional accrediting commission recognized by the
Department of Education. To remain accredited, we must continuously meet accreditation standards
relating to, among other things, performance, governance, institutional integrity, educational
quality, faculty, administrative capability, resources and financial stability. We were granted
accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission in 2008 for the maximum term of ten years. If we
fail to satisfy any of the Higher Learning Commissions standards, including a failure to satisfy
the conditions under which the Higher Learning Commission approved the November 2009 transaction,
we could lose our accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission, which would cause us to lose
eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and a significant decline in total student
enrollments. In addition, many of our individual educational programs are also accredited by
specialized accrediting commissions or approved by specialized state agencies. If we fail to
satisfy the standards of any of those specialized accrediting commissions or state agencies, we
could lose the specialized accreditation or approval for the affected programs, which could result
in materially reduced student enrollments in those programs and have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In December 2009, the Department of Education Office of Inspector General (Office of
Inspector General) issued an Alert Memorandum, calling into question the Higher Learning
Commissions compliance with the applicable Department of Education regulations related to the
Higher Learning Commissions status as recognized by the Department of Education. Specifically, in
matters unrelated to us, the Office of Inspector General asserted that the Higher Learning
Commission did not make appropriate assessments as to credit hours with respect to the distance
education programs of one of the Higher Learning Commissions accredited institutions and, as such,
the Office of Inspector General recommended that the Department of Education take action to
determine whether the Higher Learning Commission is in
compliance with federal regulations related to the recognition of accrediting agencies and, if
not, to take action to limit, suspend, or terminate the Higher Learning Commissions recognition by
the Department of Education. Additionally, in May 2010, the Office of Inspector General issued a
management report to the Higher Learning commission in which the Office of Inspector General found
that the Higher Learning Commission does not have an established definition of credit hour or
minimum requirements for program length and the assignment of credit hours, which the Office of
Inspector General asserted could result in inflated credit hours, the improper designation of
full-time student status, and the over-awarding of Title IV program funds. At this point, we do
not know if this matter will be resolved and we are unable to speculate as to the impact on us or
other institutions accredited by the Higher Learning Commission if the Higher Learning Commissions
recognition as an accrediting commission were to be limited, suspended, or terminated by the
Department of Education.
If we fail to maintain any of our state authorizations, we would lose our ability to operate in
that state and for campuses in the state to participate in Title IV programs.
An institution must be authorized by each state in which it physically operates to participate
in Title IV programs. The Department of Education historically has determined that an institution
is authorized for purposes of Title IV program eligibility if the institutions state does not
require the institution to obtain licensure or authorization to operate in the state. In June
2010, the Department of Education proposed new regulations (the June NPRM described herein in
greater detail) that would consider an institution to be legally
authorized by a state if: (1) the
authorization is given to the institution specifically to offer programs beyond secondary
education; (2) the authorization is subject to adverse action by
the state; and (3) the state has a
process to review and appropriately act on complaints concerning an institution and enforces
applicable state laws. The proposed regulations discuss the Departments view that a state is
expected to take an active role in approving an institution, and that a state should not defer all,
or nearly all, of its oversight responsibilities to accrediting agencies for approval of
institutions. In South Dakota, where we are headquartered, the state currently does not
specifically regulate or authorize the degrees or other educational programs of private, regionally
accredited institutions of higher education. If the proposed rule is ultimately adopted, we may
need to apply for additional authorization in South Dakota and other states in which we operate,
and the authorization process could result in unexpected delays or other setbacks that could
jeopardize our Title IV eligibility, which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition, and results of operations. Similarly, if South Dakota enacts legislation or
regulations to regulate private, regionally accredited institutions of higher education, including
us, our failure to obtain and maintain any required authorization to operate and offer educational
programs in South Dakota would cause us to lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs, not only in South Dakota but at all locations we operate.
-46-
We are authorized to operate and to grant degrees or diplomas by the applicable state
educational licensing agency of each state where we maintain a physical campus. Such authorization
is required for our students to be eligible to receive funding under Title IV programs. To maintain
such state authorizations, we must continuously meet standards relating to, among other things,
educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, marketing and
recruitment, financial operations, addition of new locations and educational programs and various
operational and administrative procedures. If we fail to satisfy any of these standards, we could
lose our authorization from the applicable state educational agency to offer educational programs
and could be forced to cease operations in such state. Such a loss of authorization would also
cause our physical campus in the state to lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. Any
such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We also have been required to obtain authorization in certain other states where we do not
maintain a physical campus because our activities in the state constitute a presence requiring
licensure or authorization under the requirements of the applicable state education agency. If we
fail to comply with state licensing or authorization requirements for a state, or fail to obtain
licenses or authorizations when required, we could lose our state licensure or authorization by
that state or be subject to other sanctions, including restrictions on our activities in that
state, fines and penalties. The loss of licensure or authorization in a state where we
have no physical campus could prohibit NAU from recruiting prospective students or offering
educational services to current students in that state, which could significantly reduce
enrollments and revenues and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations. State laws and regulations are not always precise or clear, and state
licensing agencies may sometimes disagree with the way we have interpreted or applied these
requirements. The increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other online services for the
delivery of education has led and may lead to the adoption of new laws and regulatory practices by
many states and new interpretations of existing laws and regulations by state educational agencies.
These new laws, regulations and interpretations may relate to issues such as the requirement that
education institutions offering online programs be licensed in one or more jurisdictions where they
have no physical location. New laws, regulations or interpretations related to providing
educational programs and services over the Internet could increase our cost of doing business and
affect our ability to recruit students in particular states, which could, in turn, negatively
affect enrollments and revenues and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, any misinterpretation by us of these
regulatory requirements or adverse changes in regulations or interpretations of these regulations
by state licensing agencies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
If we do not comply with the Department of Educations administrative capability standards, we
could suffer financial penalties, be required to accept other limitations to continue participating
in Title IV programs or lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.
Department of Education regulations specify extensive criteria an institution must satisfy to
establish that it has the requisite administrative capability to participate in Title IV
programs. These criteria require, among other things, that we:
|
|
|
comply with all applicable Title IV program regulations; |
|
|
|
have capable and sufficient personnel to administer the federal student financial aid
programs; |
|
|
|
not have student loan cohort default rates in excess of specified levels; |
-47-
|
|
|
have acceptable methods of defining and measuring the satisfactory academic progress
of our students; |
|
|
|
have various procedures in place for safeguarding federal funds; |
|
|
|
not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from
federal contracting or engaging in activity that is cause for debarment or suspension; |
|
|
|
provide financial aid counseling to our students; |
|
|
|
refer to the Department of Educations Office of Inspector General any credible
information indicating that any applicant, student, employee or agent of the institution
has been engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV programs; |
|
|
|
submit in a timely manner all reports and financial statements required by Title IV
regulations; and |
|
|
|
not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability. |
If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria or comply with any other Department
of Education regulations, the Department of Education may:
|
|
|
require the institution to repay Title IV program funds; |
|
|
|
transfer the institution from the advance system of payment of Title IV program
funds to cash monitoring status or to the reimbursement system of payment; |
|
|
|
place the institution on provisional certification status; or |
|
|
|
commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the
participation of the institution in Title IV programs. |
If we were found not to have satisfied the Department of Educations administrative
capability requirements, we could be limited in our access to, or lose, Title IV program funding,
which could significantly reduce our enrollments and have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we do not meet specific financial responsibility standards established by the Department of
Education, we may be required to post a letter of credit or accept other limitations to continue
participating in Title IV programs, or we could lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs.
To participate in Title IV programs, an eligible institution must satisfy specific measures of
financial responsibility prescribed by the Department of Education, or post a letter of credit in
favor of the Department of Education and possibly accept other conditions on its participation in
Title IV programs. These financial responsibility tests are applied to each institution on an
annual basis based on the institutions audited financial statements, and may be applied at other
times, such as if the institution undergoes a change in control. The Department of Education may
also apply such measures of financial responsibility to the operating company and ownership
entities of an eligible institution and, if such measures are not satisfied by the operating
company or ownership entities, require the institution to post a letter of credit in favor of the
Department of Education and possibly accept other conditions on its participation in Title IV
programs. The operating restrictions that may be placed on an institution that does not meet the
quantitative standards of financial responsibility include being transferred from the advance
payment method of receiving Title IV program funds to either the reimbursement or the
heightened cash monitoring system, which could result in a significant delay in the institutions
receipt of those funds. Limitations on, or termination of, our participation in Title IV programs
as a result of our failure to demonstrate financial responsibility would limit our students access
to Title IV program funds, which could significantly reduce enrollments and have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
-48-
As described in more detail under Regulatory Matters Regulation of Federal Student Aid
Programs Financial Responsibility, the Department annually assesses our financial responsibility
through a composite score determination. Based on our composite score for fiscal year ended May 31,
2007, and continuing for our fiscal year ended May 31, 2008, the Department of Education previously
determined that we failed to meet the standards of financial responsibility. As a result of this
determination, the Department of Education required us to post a letter of credit equal to 10
percent of Title IV program funds we received during our most recently completed fiscal year. Based
on our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009, the Department of
Education informed us that we were no longer required to maintain a letter of credit. Our audited
financial statements for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2010 indicated our composite score for such
fiscal year was 2.4. Any obligation to post a letter of credit in the future could increase our
costs of regulatory compliance. If we are unable to secure any required letter of credit, we would
lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, which can be expected to have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may lose our eligibility to participate in the federal student financial aid programs if the
percentage of our revenues derived from Title IV programs is too high.
A provision of the Higher Education Act commonly referred to as the 90/10 Rule, as amended
in August 2008, provides that a for-profit educational institution loses its eligibility to
participate in Title IV
programs if, under a complex regulatory formula that requires cash basis accounting and other
adjustments to the calculation of revenue, the institution derives more than 90% of its revenues
from Title IV program funds for any two consecutive fiscal years. An institution that derives more
than 90% of its revenue (on a cash basis) from Title IV programs for any single fiscal year will be
placed on provisional certification for at least two fiscal years and may be subject to additional
conditions or sanctions imposed by the Department of Education. During the period of provisional
certification, the institution must comply with any additional conditions included in the
institutions program participation agreement with the Department of Education. In addition, the
Department of Education may more closely review an institution that is provisionally certified if
it applies for recertification or approval to open a new location, add an educational program,
acquire another school or make any other significant change. If the Department of Education
determines that a provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its responsibilities under
its program participation agreement, the Department of Education may seek to revoke the
institutions certification to participate in Title IV programs without advance notice or
opportunity for the institution to challenge the action. If we were to violate the 90/10 Rule, we
would become ineligible to participate in Title IV programs as of the first day of the fiscal year
following the second consecutive fiscal year in which we exceeded the 90% threshold and would be
unable to regain eligibility for two fiscal years thereafter. Prior to the Higher Education Act
amendment in August 2008, an institution was required to disclose in a footnote to its annual
audited financial statements the percentage of its revenues derived from Title IV program funds
that the institution received during the fiscal year covered by such financial statements. Under
regulations that were published by the Department of Education in October 2009, a proprietary
institution must continue to disclose in a footnote to its annual audited financial statements not
only its 90/10 calculation, but also the amounts of the federal and non-federal revenues, by
source, included in its 90/10 calculation. The certified public accountant that prepares the
institutions audited financial statements will be required to review that information and test the
institutions calculation. These regulations became effective on July 1, 2010, and also contain
other modifications to the 90/10 Rule, including the means by which certain institutional loans may
be considered in the calculation. These revised regulations may affect our ability to remain
eligible to participate in Title IV programs or require us to incur additional costs in connection
with our administration of Title IV programs. If we violate the 90/10 Rule and continue to disburse
Title IV program funds to students after the effective date of our loss of eligibility to
participate in Title IV programs, we would be required to return those funds to the applicable
lender or the Department of Education.
-49-
Using the Department of Educations formula under the 90/10 Rule, for our 2008 and 2009
fiscal years, as promulgated prior to regulatory revisions implementing the August 2008
reauthorization of the Higher Education Act, we derived approximately 68% and 72%, respectively, of
our revenues (calculated on a cash basis) from Title IV program funds. For our 2010 fiscal year, we
derived approximately 76% of our revenues (calculated on a cash basis) from Title IV program funds.
In May 2008, Congress increased the annual loan limits on federal unsubsidized student loans
by $2,000 for certain students and also increased the aggregate loan limits over the course of a
students education on total federal student loans for certain students. This increase in student
loan limits also increased the amount of Title IV program funds used by students to satisfy
tuition, fees and other costs, which will increase the proportion of our revenue from Title IV
programs. However, the August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act provides that such
additional loan amounts, authorized in May 2008 and disbursed to students between July 1, 2008, and
July 1, 2011, may be considered, for the purposes of the 90/10 Rule, as revenue from sources other
than Title IV programs, providing temporary relief from any adverse impact of additional Title IV
loan funds on institutions 90/10 percentages. Absent any extension of this temporary relief, our
90/10 percentages are expected to increase when the additional Title IV loan funds, authorized in
May 2008 and disbursed to students between July 1, 2008, and July 1, 2011, must be considered in
the 90/10 calculation in the same manner as other Title IV loan funds. In addition, recent changes
in federal law also increased Title IV grant limits. Increases in Title IV grant and loan limits
currently or in the future may result in an increase in the revenues we receive from Title IV
programs. Further, a significant number of states in which we operate have faced budget
constraints, which have caused or may cause them to reduce state appropriations in a number of
areas, including with respect to the amount of financial assistance provided to post-secondary
students, which could further increase our
percentage of revenues derived from Title IV program funds. Also, the employment circumstances
of our students or their parents could also increase reliance on Title IV program funds. We expect
our ratio under the 90/10 Rule to continue to increase in the future. If we become ineligible to
participate in Title IV programs as a result of noncompliance with the 90/10 Rule, it can be
expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We may lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if our student loan default rates
are too high.
An educational institution may lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if,
for three consecutive years, 25% or more of its students who were required to begin repayment on
their student loans in the relevant fiscal year default on their payment by the end of the next
federal fiscal year. In addition, an institution may lose its eligibility to participate in Title
IV programs if the default rate of its students exceeds 40% for any single year. The August 2008
reauthorization of the Higher Education Act extends by one year the period for which students
defaults on their loans will be included in the calculation of an institutions default rate, a
change that is expected to increase most institutions default rates. The new law also increases
the threshold for an institution to lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs from
25% to 30%. These changes to the law take effect for institutions cohort default rates for federal
fiscal year 2009, which are expected to be calculated and issued by the Department of Education in
2012. Our cohort default rates have historically been significantly below these levels, including
8.2% for federal fiscal year 2007, 7.3% for federal fiscal year 2006 and 7.5% for federal fiscal
year 2005, the last three years for which the Department of Education has issued official cohort
default rates. We cannot, however, provide any assurance that this will continue to be the case.
Any increase in interest rates or reliance on self-pay students, as well as declines in income or
job losses for our students, could contribute to higher default rates on student loans. Exceeding
the student loan default rate thresholds and losing eligibility to participate in Title IV programs
would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations. Any future changes in the formula for calculating student loan default rates, economic
conditions or other factors that cause our default rates to increase, could place NAU in danger of
losing its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, which would have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
-50-
We would be subject to sanctions if we were to pay impermissible commissions, bonuses or other
incentive payments to individuals involved in certain recruiting, admission or financial aid
activities.
The Higher Education Act prohibits an educational institution that participates in Title IV
programs from making any commission, bonus or other incentive payments based directly or indirectly
on securing enrollments or financial aid to any persons or entities involved in student recruiting
or admissions activities, or in making decisions about the award of student financial assistance.
Under current Department of Education regulations, there are twelve safe harbor provisions which
specify certain activities and arrangements that an institution may carry out without violating the
prohibition against incentive compensation reflected in the Higher Education Act, including the
following:
|
|
|
an institution may make up to two adjustments (upward or downward) to a covered
employees salary or fixed hourly wage rate within any 12-month period without the
adjustment being considered an incentive payment, provided that no adjustment is based
solely on the number of students recruited, admitted, enrolled or awarded financial
aid; |
|
|
|
a covered employee may be compensated based upon students successfully completing
their educational programs; and |
|
|
|
the incentive payment prohibition in the Higher Education Act does not apply to
managerial and supervisory employees who do not directly manage or supervise employees
who are directly involved in recruiting or admissions activities, or the awarding of
Title IV funds. |
While we believe that our compensation policies and practices have not been based on success in
enrolling students in violation of applicable law, the Department of Educations regulations and
interpretations of the incentive compensation law do not establish clear criteria for compliance in
all circumstances and, in a limited number of instances, our actions have not been within the scope
of any specific safe harbor provided in the compensation regulations.
In the June NPRM, the Department proposes to delete all twelve safe harbors, taking the
position that any adjustment to compensation based directly or indirectly on securing enrollments
or awarding financial aid is inconsistent with the incentive payment prohibition in the Higher
Education Act. Among other examples, the Department asserts that compensating employees based upon
students successfully completing educational programs is indirectly based on securing enrollments
(i.e., unless the student enrolls, the student cannot successfully complete an educational
program), and also that the incentive compensation prohibition should extend all the way to the
senior management of an institution or organization. The Department contends that an institution
would still be able to make merit-based adjustments to employee compensation, but asserts that an
institution is not permitted to consider, and that no form of compensation can be based in any part
on, directly or indirectly, an employees success in securing student enrollments or the award of
financial aid or institutional goals based on that success, among other factors.
The Department of Education is expected to adopt final regulations by November 1, 2010, with
such regulations becoming effective July 1, 2011. If the proposed rule is adopted in the form
proposed, and the twelve safe harbors for incentive compensation are eliminated, then we would have
to modify some of our compensation practices. Such a change could affect our ability to compensate
our enrollment advisors and other employees in a manner that appropriately reflects their relative
merit, which in turn could (1) reduce the effectiveness of our employees, and make it more
difficult for us to attract and retain staff with the desired talent and motivation to succeed and
(2) impair our ability to sustain and grow our business.
-51-
In addition, in recent years, several for-profit education companies have been faced with
whistleblower lawsuits, known as qui tam cases, by current or former employees alleging
violations of this prohibition. If the Department of Education were to determine that we violated
this requirement of Title IV programs, or if we were to be found liable in a qui tam action
alleging a violation of this law, or if any third parties we have engaged were to violate this law,
we could be fined or sanctioned by the Department of Education, or subjected to other monetary
liability or penalties that could be substantial, including the possibility of treble damages under
a qui tam action, any of which could harm our reputation, impose significant costs and have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to sanctions if we fail to correctly calculate and timely return Title IV program
funds for students who withdraw before completing their educational program.
An institution participating in Title IV programs must calculate the amount of unearned Title
IV program funds that it has disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs
before completing such programs and must return those unearned funds to the appropriate lender or
the Department of Education in a timely manner, generally within 45 days of the date the
institution determines that the student has withdrawn. If the unearned funds are not properly
calculated and timely returned for a sufficient percentage of students, we may have to post a
letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education equal to 25% of Title IV program funds
that should have been returned for such students in the prior fiscal year, and we could be fined or
otherwise sanctioned by the Department of Education. If we do not correctly calculate and timely
return unearned Title IV program funds, we may have to post letters of credit in favor of the
Department of Education, may be liable for repayment of Title IV funds and related interest and may
otherwise be subject to adverse actions by the Department of Education, including termination of
our participation in Title IV programs, any of which could increase our cost of regulatory
compliance and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We or certain of our educational programs may lose eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs if the Department of Education adopts a definition of gainful employment that we or
certain of our educational programs cannot satisfy.
Under the Higher Education Act, proprietary schools are generally eligible to participate in Title
IV programs only to the extent that their educational programs lead to gainful employment in a
recognized occupation. In the July NPRM, the Department of Education proposes to assess whether a
program leads to gainful employment by applying two tests, one based on debt-to-income ratios and
the other based on repayment rates. The Department of Educations proposed rule is not clear in
several important respects, as certain key aspects of the two tests appear only in commentary to
the proposal rule and not the actual proposed regulatory language. It therefore remains subject to
varying interpretations at this time, and we anticipate the Department of Education will provide
clarifications and further guidance in conjunction with its subsequent issuance of a final rule.
|
|
|
Under the debt-to-income test, the Department would annually calculate (1) the ratio
of the annual loan payment for the program to the average annual earnings of the
students who completed the program and (2) the ratio of the annual loan payment for the
program to the discretionary income of students who completed the program. The annual
loan payment would be calculated using the median loan debt of all students who
completed the program in the three most recently completed award years prior to the
earnings year and using standard repayment terms (i.e., a 10-year repayment schedule
and the current annual interest rate on Federal unsubsidized loans). Loan debt would
include Title IV loans (except Parent PLUS loans) and any private educational loans or
debt obligations arising from institutional financing plans, but would not include any
student loan that a student incurred at prior institutions or subsequent institutions
unless the institutions are under common ownership or control, or are otherwise related
entities. Average annual earnings would be calculated by the Department using actual,
average annual earnings obtained from the Social Security Administration or another
federal agency for the students who completed the program in the most recent
three-fiscal year period. Discretionary income would be calculated based on the
difference between average annual earnings and 150 percent of the most current Poverty
Guideline for a single person in the continental United States. |
-52-
|
|
|
Under the repayment rate test, the Department would annually calculate a loan
repayment rate by dividing (1) the original outstanding principal balance of all loans
repaid by (2) the original outstanding principal balance of all loans issued under
Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL) and Federal Direct Loan programs which entered
repayment in the prior four federal fiscal years and are owed by students who attended
the program (i.e., not just borrowers who completed the program). Although not set
forth the actual regulatory language, it appears from the Departments accompanying
commentary that a loan would be counted as repaid if the borrower: (1) made loan
payments during the most recent fiscal year that reduced the outstanding principal
balance; (2) made qualifying payments on the loan under the Public Service Loan
Forgiveness Program; or (3) paid the loan in full, excluding loans paid in full through
consolidation, unless and until the consolidated loan is paid in full. A loan would not
be counted as repaid if the borrower is meeting its legal obligations, but not actively
repaying the loan, such as a loan in deferment or forbearance or on an
income-contingent repayment plan and paying only interest. The ratio excludes loan
amounts for borrowers in military or in-school deferment, and borrowers entering
repayment in the final six months of the most recent federal fiscal year. The original
outstanding principal balance would be the balance on FFEL and Federal Direct Loan
program loans, including capitalized interest, on the date those loans entered
repayment. |
Based on a programs performance under these two tests, the program may be fully eligible,
have restricted eligibility or be ineligible to participate in Title IV programs as follows:
|
|
|
Fully eligible programs would have either (1) at least a 45% loan repayment rate, or
(2) graduates with a debt-to-income ratio of less than 20% of discretionary income or
8% of average annual earnings. Unless a fully eligible program passes both benchmarks,
institutions would have to disclose the programs repayment rates and debt-to-income
ratios and alert current and prospective students that they may have difficulty
repaying loans obtained for attending that program. |
|
|
|
Ineligible programs would have a less than 35% loan repayment rate, and graduates
with a debt-to-income ratio above 30% of discretionary income and 12% of average annual
earnings. An ineligible program may not offer Title IV aid to new students, but can
provide aid to current students for the remainder of the award year in which the
program became eligible and the following award year. The institution would have to
disclose the programs repayment rates and debt-to-income ratios and alert students
that they may have difficulty repaying loans obtained for attending that program. |
|
|
|
All other programs would be restricted programs. The proposed regulations would
limit the enrollment of Title IV recipients in restricted programs to the average
number enrolled during the prior three award years, require the institution to
demonstrate employer support for the program, warn consumers and current students that
they may have difficulty repaying loans obtained for attending the program and provide
the most recent debt measures for the program. Institutions would demonstrate employer
support for a program by providing documentation from employers not affiliated with the
institution affirming that the curriculum of the program aligns with the recognized
occupations at those employers businesses, and that there are projected job vacancies
or expected demand for those occupations at those businesses. The number and locations
of the businesses for which affirmation is required must be commensurate with the
anticipated size of the program. |
-53-
Institutions with one or more ineligible or restricted programs would be subject to
provisional certification. For a new program to be eligible to participate in Title IV programs,
the proposed rules would require an institution to apply to have the program approved by the
Department. As part of its application, the institution would need to provide: (1) the projected
enrollment for the program for the next five years for each location of the institution that will
offer the additional program; (2) documentation of employer support for the program similar to that
described above for programs on restricted status; and (3) if the additional program constitutes a
substantive change, documentation of the approval of the substantive change from its accrediting
agency. In determining whether to approve the new program, the Department could restrict the
approval for an initial period based on the institutions enrollment projections and demonstrated
ability to offer programs that lead to gainful employment. If the new program constitutes a
substantive change based solely on program content, it would be subject to the gainful employment
measures as soon as data on the loan repayment rate and debt measures are available. Otherwise, the
loan repayment rate and debt measures for the new program would be based, in part, on loan data
from the institutions other programs currently or previously offered that are in the same job
family, as defined by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
To give programs an opportunity to improve and to ensure data integrity, the Department
proposes that programs may not be found ineligible to participate in Title IV programs on account
of the proposed new gainful employment regulations until July 1, 2012. The portion of the proposed
regulations regarding the eligibility of new programs; however, would become effective July 1,
2011.
The Department of Education is expected to adopt final regulations by November 1, 2010, to be
effective as described above. If this regulation is adopted in a form similar to that proposed by
the Department of Education, it could render a significant number of our programs, and many
programs offered by other proprietary educational institutions, ineligible for Title IV funding.
In addition, the continuing eligibility of our educational programs for Title IV funding would be
at risk due to factors beyond our control, such as changes in the income levels of our former
students, increases in interest rates, changes in
student mix to persons requiring higher amounts of student loans to complete their programs,
changes in student loan delinquency rates and other factors. If a particular program ceased to be
eligible for Title IV funding, in most cases it would not be practical to continue offering that
program under our current business model. We may have to substantially increase our efforts to
promote student loan repayment to ensure continued eligibility for certain programs to remain
eligible for Title IV funding. We could also be required to increase disclosures to our students
and prospective students, and our program growth could be restricted or compromised. Any of these
events could materially increase our costs of doing business, cause decreased enrollments, and have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we experience a disruption in our ability to process student loans under the Federal Direct Loan
program, we could be materially adversely affected.
On March 30, 2010, the President signed the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of
2010, which among other things, eliminates the Federal Family Education Loan, or FFEL, program (in
which private lenders originated Title IV loans) in favor of the Federal Direct Loan program (in
which the Department of Education originates Title IV loans), such that no FFEL loans may be
originated after June 30, 2010. We are approved to participate in the Federal Direct Loan program
and have fully transitioned from the FFEL program to the Federal Direct Loan program as of July 1,
2010. If we experience a disruption in our ability to process student loans through the Direct
Loan program, either because of administrative challenges on our part or the inability of the
Department of Education to process the increased volume of direct loans on a timely basis, our
student enrollment, business, financial condition and results could be adversely and materially
affected.
-54-
If our students experience a loss or reduction of state financial aid, we could be materially
adversely effected.
A significant number of states in which we operate have faced budget constrains, which have
caused or may cause them to reduce state appropriations, including with respect to the amount of
financial assistance provided to post-secondary students. State financial aid programs generally
are subject to annual appropriation by the state legislatures, which may eliminate or significantly
decrease the amount of state financial aid available to students. We cannot predict whether future
reductions in state financial aid programs will occur or how long such reductions will persist.
The loss or reduction of state financial aid could decrease our student enrollment and could have a
material adverse effect on our business.
A substantial decrease in private student financing options or a significant increase in financing
costs for our students could have a material adverse effect on us.
Some of our eligible students have used private (i.e., non-Title IV) loan programs to fund a
portion of their education costs not covered by Title IV program funds or state financial aid
sources. Recent adverse market conditions for consumer and federally guaranteed student loans
(including lenders increasing difficulties in reselling or syndicating student loan portfolios)
have resulted, and could continue to result, in providers of private loans reducing the
availability of or increasing the costs associated with providing private loans to post-secondary
students. In particular, loans to students with low credit scores who would not otherwise be
eligible for credit-based private loans have become increasingly difficult to obtain. Prospective
students may find that these increased financing costs make borrowing prohibitively expensive and
abandon or delay enrollment in post-secondary education programs. If our students are unable to
finance their education, our student population could decrease, which would have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Government and regulatory agencies and third parties may conduct compliance reviews, bring claims
or initiate litigation against us.
Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we may be subject to compliance reviews and
claims of non-compliance and lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory agencies and third
parties, including claims brought by third parties on behalf of the federal government. If the
results of these reviews or proceedings are unfavorable to us, or if we are unable to defend
successfully against lawsuits or claims, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject to
fines, limitations, loss of eligibility for Title IV funding, injunctions or other penalties. Even
if we adequately address issues raised by an agency review or successfully defend a lawsuit or
claim, we may have to divert significant financial and management resources from our ongoing
business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or to defend against those lawsuits
or claims. Additionally, we may experience adverse collateral consequences as a result of any
negative publicity associated with such claims, including declines in student enrollments and
lessened willingness of third parties to do business with us. Claims and lawsuits brought against
us may damage our reputation or cost us to incur expenses, even if such claims and lawsuits are
without merit.
Risks Related to Our Business
We operate in a highly competitive industry, and competitors with greater resources could harm our
business, decrease market share and put downward pressure on our tuition rates.
The post-secondary education market is highly fragmented and competitive. We compete for
students with traditional public and private two-year and four-year colleges and universities, and
other for-profit schools, including those that offer online learning programs, and alternatives to
higher education, such as employment and military service. Many public and private schools,
colleges and universities, including most major colleges and universities, offer online programs.
We expect to experience additional competition in the future as more colleges, universities and
for-profit schools offer an increasing number of online programs. Public institutions receive
substantial government subsidies, and public and private non-profit institutions have access to
government and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions and other financial resources
generally not available to for-profit schools. Accordingly, public and private nonprofit
institutions may have instructional and support resources superior to those in the for-profit
sector, and public institutions can offer substantially lower tuition prices. Some of our
competitors in both the public and private sectors also have substantially greater financial and
other resources than us. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future
competitors and may face competitive pressures that could have a material adversely affect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
-55-
Our online and distance learning programs operate in a highly competitive market with rapid
technological changes.
Online education is a highly fragmented and competitive market subject to rapid technological
change. Competitors vary in size and organization from traditional colleges and universities, many
of which offer some form of online education programs, to for-profit schools and software companies
providing online education and training software. We expect the online education and training
market to be subject to rapid changes in delivery, interaction and other future innovation and
advancement. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to adapt to changing technologies in
online and distance learning and offer an attractive online/distance education option while
maintaining competitive pricing. Furthermore, the expansion of our online programs and the
development of new programs may not be accepted by the online education market. In addition, a
general decline in Internet use for any reason, including due to security or privacy concerns, the
cost of Internet service or changes in government regulation of Internet use, may result in less
demand for online educational services, in which case we may not be able to recruit and retain
students and grow our online programs as planned. Accordingly, if we are unable to keep pace with
changes in technology or maintain technological relevance, or if the use of the Internet changes,
our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
If our graduates are unable to obtain professional licenses or certifications in their chosen field
of study, we may face declining enrollments and revenues or be subject to student litigation.
Certain of our students, particularly in the healthcare programs, require or desire
professional licenses or certifications after graduation to obtain employment in their chosen
fields. Their success in obtaining
such licensure depends on several factors, including the individual merits of the student,
whether the institution and the program were approved by the state or by a professional
association, whether the program from which the student graduated meets all state requirements and
whether the institution is accredited. If one or more states refuses to recognize our graduates for
professional licensure in the future based on factors relating to us or our programs, the potential
growth of our programs would be negatively impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we could be exposed to
litigation that would force us to incur legal and other expenses that could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we are unable to continue our recent revenue growth, our stock price may decline and we may not
have adequate financial resources to execute our business plan.
Our revenue increased from approximately $49.5 million in fiscal 2008 to approximately $62.6
million in fiscal 2009 and then to approximately $89.8 million in fiscal 2010. If we are unable to
maintain adequate revenue growth, our stock price may decline and we may not have adequate
financial resources to execute our business plan. In addition, you should not rely on the results
of any prior periods as an indication of our future operating performance.
We have experienced losses and may not maintain profitability.
We have experienced losses in the past and it is possible we will experience losses in the
future. In addition, we expect that our operating expenses and business development expenses will
increase as we enroll more students, open new education locations and develop new programs. As a
result, there can be no assurance that we will be able to generate sufficient revenues to maintain
profitability.
-56-
Our financial performance depends on our ability to continue to develop awareness among, and
attract and retain, new students.
Building awareness of NAU and the programs and services we offer is critical to our ability to
attract prospective students. If we are unable to successfully market and advertise our educational
programs, our ability to attract and enroll students could be adversely affected, and,
consequently, our ability to increase revenue or maintain profitability could be impaired. It is
also critical to our success that we convert prospective students to enrolled students in a
cost-effective manner and that these enrolled students remain active in our programs. Some of the
factors that could prevent us from successfully enrolling and retaining students include:
|
|
|
the reduced availability of, or higher interest rates and other costs associated
with, Title IV loan funds or other sources of financial aid; |
|
|
|
the emergence of more successful competitors; |
|
|
|
factors related to our marketing, including the costs and effectiveness of Internet
advertising and broad-based branding campaigns and recruiting efforts; |
|
|
|
performance problems with our online systems; |
|
|
|
failure to maintain institutional and specialized accreditations; |
|
|
|
failure to obtain and maintain required state authorizations; |
|
|
|
the requirements of the education agencies that regulate us that restrict the
initiation of new locations, new programs and modification of existing programs; |
|
|
|
the requirements of the education agencies that regulate us that restrict the ways
schools can compensate their recruitment personnel; |
|
|
|
increased regulation of online education, including in states in which we do not have
a physical presence; |
|
|
|
restrictions that may be imposed on graduates of online programs that seek
certification or licensure in certain states; |
|
|
|
student dissatisfaction with our services and programs; |
|
|
|
adverse publicity regarding us, our competitors, or online or for-profit education
generally; |
|
|
|
price reductions by competitors that we are unwilling or unable to match; |
|
|
|
a decline in the acceptance of online education; |
|
|
|
an adverse economic or other development that affects job prospects in our core
disciplines; |
|
|
|
a decrease in the perceived or actual economic benefits that students derive from our
programs; |
|
|
|
litigation or regulatory investigations that may damage our reputation; and |
|
|
|
changes in the general economy, including employment. |
-57-
If, for any reason or reasons, including those presented above, we are unable to maintain and
increase our awareness among prospective students, recruit students and convert prospective
students into enrolled students, our business, financial condition and results of operations could
be adversely affected.
Our growth may place a strain on our resources that could adversely affect our systems, controls
and operating efficiency.
Our ability to sustain our current rate of growth or profitability depends on a number of
factors, including our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals, our ability to maintain
operating margins, our ability to recruit and retain high quality academic faculty and
administrative personnel and other competitive factors. Over the past three years, a majority of
our growth has resulted from an increase in students enrolling in our Associate degree programs;
however, we believe that future growth will be based upon an expansion of our current programs, the
addition of new programs, an increase in our physical and online presence, affiliation agreements
and increasing enrollments. The growth and expansion of our domestic and international operations
may place a significant strain on our resources and increase demands on our management information
and reporting systems, financial management controls and personnel. Any failure to effectively
manage or maintain growth could have a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
If we cannot maintain student enrollments, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
Our strategy for growth and profitability depends, in part, upon the retention of our
students. While we provide certain services to our students (e.g., tutoring) in an effort to retain
students and lower attrition rates, many of our students face financial, personal or family
constraints that require them to withdraw within a term or at the end of a given term.
Additionally, some students may decide to continue their education at a different institution. If
for any reason, we are unable to predict and manage student attrition, our overall enrollment
levels would likely decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
If the proportion of students who are enrolled in our Associate degree programs continues to
increase, we may experience increased costs and reduced margins.
In recent years, the proportion of our enrollment composed of Associate degree students has
increased. We have experienced certain effects from this shift, such as an increase in our student
loan cohort default rate. If this shift towards Associate degree programs continues, we may
experience additional consequences, such as higher costs per start, lower retention rates, higher
student services costs, an increase in the percentage of our revenue derived from Title IV programs
under the 90/10 Rule, more limited ability to implement tuition price increases and other effects
that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
An increase in interest rates could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain students.
For the fiscal years ended May 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, NAU derived cash receipts equal to
approximately 76%, 72% and 68%, respectively, of its net revenue from tuition financed under Title
IV programs, which include student loans with interest rates subsidized by the federal government.
Additionally, some students finance their education through private loans that are not subsidized.
If our students employment circumstances are adversely affected by regional or national economic
downturns, they may be more heavily dependent on student loans. Interest rates have reached
relatively low levels in recent years, creating a favorable borrowing environment for students.
However, if interest rates increase or Congress decreases the amount available for Title IV
funding, our students may have to pay higher interest rates on their loans. Any future increase in
interest rates will result in a corresponding increase in educational costs to our existing and
prospective students, which could result in a significant reduction in our student population and
revenues. Higher interest rates could also contribute to higher default rates with respect to our
students repayment of their education loans. Higher default rates may in turn adversely impact our
eligibility to participate in some or all of the Title IV programs, which could result in a
material adverse effect on our enrollments and future growth prospects and our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
-58-
Our reputation and the value of our stock may be negatively affected by the actions of other
post-secondary educational institutions.
In recent years, regulatory proceedings and litigation have been commenced against various
post-secondary educational institutions relating to, among other things, deceptive trade practices,
false claims against the government and non-compliance with Department of Education requirements,
state education laws and state consumer protection laws. These proceedings have been brought by
students, the Department of Education, the United States Department of Justice, the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission and state governmental agencies, among others. These allegations
have attracted adverse media coverage and have been the subject of legislative hearings and
regulatory actions at both the federal and state levels, focusing not only on the individual
schools but in some cases on the larger for-profit post-secondary education sector as a whole.
Adverse media coverage regarding other for-profit education companies or other educational
institutions could damage our reputation, result in lower enrollments, revenues and results of
operations and have a negative impact on the value of our stock. Such coverage could also result in
increased scrutiny and regulation by the Department of Education, Congress, accrediting
commissions, state legislatures, state attorneys general, state education agencies or other
governmental authorities of all educational institutions, including us.
Our expansion into new markets outside the United States will subject us to risks inherent in
international operations, are subject to significant start up costs and place strain on our
management.
As part of our growth strategy, we intend to continue to establish markets outside the United
States, subject to approvals from the Higher Learning Commission and other appropriate accrediting
or regulatory agencies. Currently, we have affiliations with institutions in Chile, Bolivia, United
Arab Emirates and Greece, and we are in the process of developing additional affiliations in the
Czech Republic, Saudi Arabia, Serbia, Brazil and China. Our operations in each of the foreign
jurisdictions may subject us to additional educational and other regulations of foreign
jurisdictions, which may differ materially from the regulations
applicable to our domestic operations. Such international expansion is expected to require a
significant amount of start-up costs. Additionally, our management does not have significant
experience in operating a business at the international level. As a result, we may be unsuccessful
in carrying out our plans for international expansion, obtaining the necessary licensing, permits
or market saturation, or in successfully navigating other challenges posed by operating an
international business.
If we do not maintain existing and develop additional relationships with employers, our future
growth may be impaired.
Currently, we have relationships with certain employers to provide their employees with an
opportunity to enroll in classes and obtain degrees through us while maintaining their employment.
These relationships are an important part of our strategy because they provide us with a steady
source of potential working adult students for particular programs and increase our reputation
among employers. If we are unable to develop new relationships or maintain our existing
relationships, this source of potential students may be impaired and enrollments and revenue may
decrease, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
If students fail to pay their outstanding balances, our business may be harmed.
From time to time, students may carry balances on portions of their education expense not
covered by financial aid programs. These balances are unsecured and not guaranteed. Furthermore,
disruptive economic events could adversely affect the ability or willingness of our former students
to repay student loans, which may increase our student loan cohort default rate and require the
devotion of increased time, attention and resources to manage these defaults. As a result, losses
related to unpaid student balances in excess of the amounts we have reserved for bad debts, or the
failure of students to repay their debt obligations, could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
-59-
Government regulations relating to the Internet could increase our cost of doing business and
affect our ability to grow.
The increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other online services has led and may
lead to the adoption of new laws and regulatory practices in the United States or foreign countries
and to new interpretations of existing laws and regulations. These new laws and interpretations may
relate to issues such as online privacy, copyrights, trademarks and service marks, sales taxes,
fair business practices and the requirement that online education institutions qualify to do
business as foreign corporations or be licensed in one or more jurisdictions where they have no
physical location. As the proportion of our students who take online courses increases, new laws,
regulations or interpretations related to doing business over the Internet could increase our costs
of compliance or doing business and materially and adversely affect our ability to offer online
courses, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
Our financial performance depends, in part, on our ability to keep pace with changing market needs.
Increasingly, prospective employers of NAU students require their new employees to possess
appropriate technological skills and interpersonal skills, such as communication, critical thinking
and teamwork skills. These skills evolve rapidly in a changing economic and technological
environment. Accordingly, it is important for our programs to evolve in response to those economic
and technological changes. The expansion of existing programs and the development of new programs
may not be accepted by current or prospective students or the employers of our graduates. Even if
NAU is able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to begin offering those new
programs as quickly as required by prospective employers or as quickly as our competitors offer
similar programs. In addition, we may be unable to obtain specialized accreditations or licensures
that may make certain programs desirable to students. To offer a new academic program, NAU may be
required to obtain appropriate federal, state and accrediting agency approvals that may be
conditioned or delayed in a manner that could significantly affect our growth plans. In addition,
to be eligible for Title IV programs, a new academic program may need to be
approved by the Department of Education, the Higher Learning Commission and state educational
agencies. If we are unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements due to
regulatory or financial constraints, unusually rapid technological changes or other factors, our
ability to attract and retain students could be impaired, the rates at which our graduates obtain
jobs involving their fields of study could suffer and our reputation among students, prospective
students and employers may be impaired, which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations
Establishing new academic programs or modifying existing programs requires us to invest in
management and business development, incur marketing expenses and reallocate other resources. We
may have limited experience with any courses in new academic areas and may need to modify our
systems, strategy and delivery platform or enter into arrangements with other educational
institutions to provide such programs effectively and profitably. If we are unable to offer new
courses and programs in a cost-effective manner, or are otherwise unable to effectively manage the
operations of newly established academic programs, it could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
Capacity constraints of our computer networks and changes to the acceptance and regulation of
online programs could have a material adverse effect on student retention and growth.
If we are successful in increasing student enrollments, additional resources in the forms of
human, intellectual and financial capital, as well as information technology resources, will be
necessary. We have invested and continue to invest significant resources in information technology
when such technology systems and tools have become impaired or obsolete. In an attempt to utilize
recent technology, we could install new information technology systems without accurately assessing
its costs or benefits or experience delayed or ineffective implementation of new information
technology systems. Similarly, we could fail to respond in a timely or sufficiently competitive way
to future technological developments in our industry. As a result, this growth may place a
significant strain on our operational resources, including our computer networks and information
technology infrastructure, thereby restricting our ability to enroll and retain students and grow
our online programs.
-60-
System disruptions and security threats to our computer networks could have a material adverse
effect on our ability to attract and retain students.
The performance and reliability of our computer network infrastructure is critical to our
reputation and ability to attract and retain students. Any computer system error or failure, or a
sudden and significant increase in traffic on our computer networks, including those that host our
online programs, may cause network outages and disrupt our online and on-ground operations that may
damage our reputation.
Additionally, we face a number of threats to our computer systems, including unauthorized
access, computer hackers, computer viruses and other security problems and system disruptions. We
have devoted and will continue to devote significant resources to the security of our computer
systems, but they are still vulnerable to security threats. A user or hacker who circumvents
security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions or
malfunctions in operations. As a result, we expend significant resources to protect against the
threat of these system disruptions and security breaches and may have to spend more to alleviate
problems caused by these disruptions and breaches, which could have a material adverse effect on
our reputation, ability to retain and store data and our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
A failure of our information systems to store, process and report relevant data may reduce
managements effectiveness, interfere with regulatory compliance and increase operating expenses.
We are heavily dependent on the integrity of our data management systems. If these systems do
not effectively collect, store, process and report relevant data for the operation of our business,
whether due to equipment malfunction or constraints, software deficiencies or human error, our
ability to plan, forecast and execute our business plan and comply with applicable laws and
regulations, including the Higher Education Act, will be impaired. Any such impairment of our
information systems could materially and adversely
affect our reputation and our ability to provide student services or accurately budget or
forecast operating activity, thereby adversely affecting our financial condition and results of
operations.
The personal information that we collect may be vulnerable to breach, theft or loss, and could
subject us to liability or adversely affect our reputation and operations.
Possession and use of personal information in our operations subjects us to risks and costs
that could harm our business and reputation. We collect, use and retain large amounts of personal
information regarding our students and their families, including social security numbers, tax
return information, personal and family financial data and credit card numbers. We also collect and
maintain personal information of our employees in the ordinary course of business. Some of this
personal information is held and managed by certain of our vendors. Although we use security and
business controls to limit access and use of personal information, a third party may be able to
circumvent those security and business controls, which could result in a breach of student or
employee privacy. In addition, errors in the storage, use or transmission of personal information
could result in a breach of student or employee privacy. Possession and use of personal information
in our operations also subjects us to legislative and regulatory burdens that could require us to
implement certain policies and procedures, such as the procedures we adopted to comply with the Red
Flags Rule that was promulgated by the Federal Trade Commission under the federal Fair Credit
Reporting Act, which requires the establishment of guidelines and policies regarding identity theft
related to student credit accounts, and could require us to make certain notifications of data
breaches and restrict our use of personal information. A violation of any laws or regulations
relating to the collection or use of personal information could result in the imposition of fines
against us. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the
threat of these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches. While we
believe we have taken appropriate precautions and safety measures, there can be no assurances that
a breach, loss or theft of any such personal information will not occur. Any breach, theft or loss
of such personal information could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and could
result in liability under state and federal privacy statutes and legal actions by state attorneys
general and private litigants.
-61-
We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of class materials posted
online for class discussions.
In some instances, our faculty members or students may distribute to students in class or post
various articles or other third-party content on class discussion boards. We may incur liability
for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of this material distributed in class or posted
online for class discussions. As a for-profit organization, we may be subject to a greater risk of
liability for the unauthorized duplication of materials under the Copyright Act than a non-profit
institution of higher education. Third parties may raise claims against us for the unauthorized
duplication of this material. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and impose a
significant strain on financial resources and management personnel, regardless of whether the
claims have merit. Our general liability insurance may not cover potential claims of this type
adequately or at all, and we may be required to alter the content of our courses or pay monetary
damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
We rely on exclusive proprietary rights and intellectual property that may not be adequately
protected under current laws.
Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our proprietary rights and
intellectual property. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, domain
names and contractual agreements to protect our proprietary rights. We rely on trademark protection
in both the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions to protect our rights to various marks,
as well as distinctive logos and other marks associated with them. We also rely on agreements under
which we obtain intellectual property or license rights to own or use content developed by faculty
members, content experts and other third-parties. We cannot assure that these measures are
adequate, that we have secured, or will be able to secure,
appropriate protections for all of our proprietary rights in the United States or any foreign
jurisdictions, or that third parties will not terminate license rights or infringe upon or
otherwise violate our proprietary rights. Despite our efforts to protect these rights, unauthorized
third parties may attempt to infringe our trademarks, use, duplicate or copy the proprietary
aspects of our student recruitment and educational delivery methods, curricula, online resource
material and other content. Our managements attention may be diverted by these attempts and we
have in the past, and may in the future, need to use funds in litigation to protect our proprietary
rights against any infringement or violation, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be involved in disputes from time to time relating to our intellectual property and the
intellectual property of third parties.
We have in the past, and may in the future, become parties to disputes from time to time over
rights and obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not always prevail in these
disputes. Third parties may allege that we have not obtained sufficient rights in the content of a
course or other intellectual property. Third parties may also raise claims against us alleging
infringement or violation of the intellectual property of that third party. Some third party
intellectual property rights may be extremely broad, and it may not be possible for us to conduct
our operations in such a way as to avoid violating those intellectual property rights. Any such
intellectual property claim could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain
on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether such claim has merit. Our
general liability and cyber liability insurance, if any, may not cover potential claims of this
type adequately or at all, and we may be required to alter the content of our courses or pay
monetary damages or license fees to third parties, which could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
-62-
We may not be able to retain key personnel or hire and retain the personnel we need to sustain and
grow our business.
Our success depends largely on the skills, efforts and motivations of our executive officers,
who have significant experience with our business and within the education industry. Due to the
nature of the education industry, we face significant competition in attracting and retaining
personnel who possess the skills necessary to sustain and grow our business. The loss of the
services of any of our key personnel, or failure to attract and retain other qualified and
experienced faculty members and staff members on acceptable terms, could impair our ability to
sustain and grow our business.
Our business may be affected by changing economic conditions.
The United States economy and the economies of other key industrialized countries currently
have recessionary characteristics, including reduced economic activity, increased unemployment and
substantial uncertainty about the financial markets. In addition, homeowners in the United States
have experienced an unprecedented reduction in wealth due to the decline in residential real estate
values across much of the country. The reduction in wealth, unavailability of credit and
unwillingness of employers to sponsor non-traditional educational opportunities for their employees
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war, natural disasters or breaches of security
could have an adverse effect on our operations.
Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war, hurricanes, earthquakes, floods, tornados
and other natural disasters or breaches of security at our educational sites could disrupt our
operations. Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war, natural disasters or breaches of
security that directly impact our physical facilities, online offerings or ability to recruit and
retain students and employees could adversely affect our ability to deliver our programs to our
students and, thereby, adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations. Furthermore, terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war, natural disasters or
breaches of security could adversely affect the economy and demographics of the
affected region, which could cause significant declines in the number of our students in that
region and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
The economic downturn may affect the Companys real estate business.
The downturn in the United States economy in general, and the real estate industry
specifically, has negatively affected our real estate operation that develops, leases and sells
residential properties in Rapid City, South Dakota. Currently, our real estate operation is
marketing two condominium developments. To date only a small number of condominium units have been
sold. Our real estate operation plans to build additional condominium buildings and units only upon
the achievement of the sale of a substantial number of the currently available condominium units.
Unless the United States economy and the real estate market improve, we may be forced to sell the
condominium units at a loss or attempt to lease them, which could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The facility opportunities for the central administration facility to support growth may affect the
ability to service students.
The central administration staff will need to increase due to the growth in the student
population to support the students. Currently, the central administration staff has outgrown the
facility they reside in. The inability to obtain addition space would hamper the hiring managers
ability to increase staff and thereby support the growth.
-63-
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Item 2. Properties.
We lease our educational sites and administrative facilities except for our main educational
site in Rapid City, South Dakota, which we own. Our educational sites are located in Colorado,
Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, South Dakota, and Texas and our corporate headquarters is
located in Rapid City, South Dakota, as set forth under the heading Educational Sites under Item
1. As of May 31, 2010, we leased 23 educational sites (four of which are pending regulatory
approvals) and administrative facilities.
We evaluate current utilization of our facilities and projected enrollment growth to determine
facility needs. We believe our existing facilities are adequate for current requirements and that
additional space can be obtained on commercially reasonable terms to meet future requirements.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
From time to time, we are a party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that
arise in the ordinary course of our business. We are not at this time a party, as plaintiff or
defendant, to any legal proceedings that, individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operation.
Item 4. [Reserved].
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities.
Market Information
Our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol NAUH on May 27,
2010. Our common stock traded on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board under the symbol NAUH
through May 26, 2010.
The following table sets forth the high and low last bid price (as traded on the
Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board) or the high and low sales price (as traded on Nasdaq Global
Market), as applicable, and dividends paid per share of our common stock by quarter for our past
two most recent fiscal years. The over-the-counter market quotations listed below reflect
inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission, and may not necessarily
represent actual transactions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2009 |
|
|
Fiscal 2010 |
|
|
|
Dividends |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid |
|
|
High |
|
|
Low |
|
|
Paid |
|
|
High |
|
|
Low |
|
First Quarter |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
7.52 |
|
|
$ |
7.31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
7.81 |
|
|
$ |
7.55 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
7.55 |
|
|
$ |
6.60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
7.90 |
|
|
$ |
7.30 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
7.63 |
|
|
$ |
7.12 |
|
|
$ |
0.0275 |
|
|
$ |
11.00 |
|
|
$ |
7.00 |
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
7.67 |
|
|
$ |
7.60 |
|
|
$ |
0.0275 |
|
|
$ |
10.10 |
1 |
|
$ |
8.00 |
2 |
|
|
|
1. |
|
High bid price on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board for the fourth quarter, fiscal 2010. |
|
2. |
|
Low sales price as reported on Nasdaq Global Market for the fourth quarter, fiscal 2010. |
-64-
Stockholders
As of August 2, 2010, there were approximately 690 beneficial holders of our common stock.
Dividends
Prior to our transaction with Dlorah, we did not pay any cash dividends. Prior to the closing
of our follow-on public offering, which closed on June 1, 2010, pursuant to our second amended and
restated certificate of incorporation, the holders of our Class A common stock, par value $0.0001,
were entitled to a quarterly accruing dividend equal to $0.11 (for a total of $0.44 per year) per
share of common stock into which such Class A common stock is convertible for each of the Companys
eight successive fiscal quarters following the first issuance of Class A common stock, paid when
and if declared by our board of directors. If a dividend is paid on the Class A common stock, we
must also declare and pay a dividend on the common stock equal to one-fourth of the amount of the
dividend paid to the Class A common stock. We have paid two dividends on the Class A common stock
and common stock, which were paid on January 4, 2010 and March 20, 2010. For each of those
dividends, the record holders of Class A common stock received a dividend equal to $0.11 per share
of common stock into which such Class A common stock was convertible, and the holders of common
stock received a dividend of $0.0275 per share.
We also declared and paid a contingent special dividend that were payable promptly after the
completion of our follow-on public offering on June 1, 2010, to our Class A common stockholders and
common stockholders of record on May 20, 2010. The aggregate amount of the special dividend paid
was approximately $11.1 million, or (a) approximately $0.64 per share of common stock into which a
share of Class A common stock was convertible to holders of Class A common stock and (b) $ 0.16 per
share of common stock payable to holders of common stock. Immediately prior to the completion of
our follow-on public offering, all Class A common stock were converted into common stock. The
payment of the special dividend represented the aggregate amount of the dividend that would be
foregone by the Class A common stockholders by converting their Class A common stock into common
stock in connection with the follow-on public offering and the corresponding required dividend to
the common stockholders, using a present value discount to reflect that the dividend would be paid
in advance of when it is otherwise payable.
Because no Class A common stock were outstanding following its conversion into common stock
prior to the consummation of the follow-on public offering, we will have no further obligation to
accrue or pay dividends on any of our outstanding capital stock. Nevertheless, to the extent that
funds are available, our board of directors currently intends to continue paying dividends on our
common stock. The payment of any dividends in the future, however, will be at the discretion of our
board of directors and will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, earnings,
capital requirements, contractual restrictions, outstanding indebtedness and other factors deemed
relevant by our board of directors.
Use of Proceeds
In December 2007, we completed our initial public offering, or IPO, pursuant to a registration
statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (File No. 333-143098) that was
declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 26, 2007. Under the
registration statement, we registered the offering and sale of 7,812,500 units, each unit
consisting of one share of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and one warrant to purchase
one share of common stock. A total of 6,626,300 units were sold in the offering at a price to the
public of $8.00 per unit. After deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering
expenses of approximately $4.2 million, we raised a total of $48.8 million.
In connection with the transaction with Dlorah on November 23, 2009, we used $3.3 million of
our IPO proceeds to redeem all of the outstanding warrants that were publicly traded immediately
before the consummation of the Dlorah transaction, and $3.7 million of our proceeds from the IPO to
buyout an employment agreement and legal, accounting, filing, and insurance fees associated with
being a public entity.
We have used and intend to use the remaining net proceeds from the IPO for general corporate
purposes and growth initiatives, including expansion of educational sites.
-65-
Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
The following table shows our selected consolidated financial and operating data for each of
the fiscal years ended May 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Dlorah was the accounting acquirer in our
transaction as described in Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, our
historical financial information reflects the operations of Dlorah. The selected consolidated
statements of financial data for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are derived
from Dlorahs audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting
standards generally accepted in the United States. Our historical results are not necessarily
indicative of our results for any future period.
This information should be read in conjunction with Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and
related notes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended May 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands, except per share data) |
|
Income Statement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Revenues |
|
$ |
89,796 |
|
|
$ |
62,584 |
|
|
$ |
49,457 |
|
Costs and Expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of educational services |
|
|
20,419 |
|
|
|
17,398 |
|
|
|
15,130 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
49,886 |
|
|
|
37,626 |
|
|
|
32,642 |
|
Auxiliary expense |
|
|
2,076 |
|
|
|
1,595 |
|
|
|
1,523 |
|
Cost of condominium sales |
|
|
761 |
|
|
|
558 |
|
|
|
122 |
|
Loss on disposition of property and equipment |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Costs and Expenses |
|
|
73,171 |
|
|
|
57,180 |
|
|
|
49,422 |
|
Income from Operations |
|
|
16,625 |
|
|
|
5,404 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Income (Expense) |
|
|
(101 |
) |
|
|
(499 |
) |
|
|
(649 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (Loss) before Income Taxes |
|
|
16,524 |
|
|
|
4,905 |
|
|
|
(614 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Tax Expense |
|
|
(6,485 |
) |
|
|
(1,797 |
) |
|
|
231 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income (Loss) |
|
|
10,039 |
|
|
|
3,108 |
|
|
|
(383 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Loss (Income) attributable to non-controlling interest |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
(37 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income (Loss) attributable to National American
University Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries |
|
$ |
10,035 |
|
|
$ |
3,121 |
|
|
$ |
(420 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations per Class A Share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
95.25 |
|
|
$ |
31.21 |
|
|
$ |
(4.20 |
) |
Diluted |
|
|
95.25 |
|
|
|
31.21 |
|
|
|
(4.20 |
) |
Income from operations per Common Share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
0.04 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
0.04 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets |
|
$ |
47,286 |
|
|
$ |
28,865 |
|
|
$ |
28,162 |
|
Long-Term Obligations |
|
$ |
3,531 |
|
|
$ |
10,972 |
|
|
$ |
13,041 |
|
Cash Dividends declared per Class A Share |
|
$ |
0.86 |
|
|
$ |
2.00 |
|
|
$ |
2.00 |
|
Cash Dividends declared per Common Share |
|
$ |
0.22 |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
-66-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended May 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands, except per share data) |
|
Weighted Average Shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic EPS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A |
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
Common |
|
|
3,103,847 |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
Diluted EPS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A |
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
Common |
|
|
3,755,821 |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Data (Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from Real Estate Operations Before Taxes |
|
$ |
(735 |
) |
|
$ |
(527 |
) |
|
$ |
(900 |
) |
EBITDA1 |
|
$ |
19,163 |
|
|
$ |
7,662 |
|
|
$ |
2,241 |
|
Student Headcount (for Spring quarter of the fiscal year)2 |
|
|
8,758 |
|
|
|
6,479 |
|
|
|
4,960 |
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Consists of income attributable to the Company, less income from non-controlling
interest, plus income (loss) from non-controlling interest, minus interest income, plus
interest expense, plus income taxes, plus depreciation and amortization. We use EBITDA as a
measure of operating performance. However, EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under U.S.
generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and when analyzing our operating
performance, investors should use EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for, income
as determined in accordance with GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations,
our presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other
companies and is therefore limited as a comparative measure. Furthermore, as an analytical
tool, EBITDA has additional limitations, including that (a) it is not intended to be a measure
of free cash flow, as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as tax payments; (b)
it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and (c)
although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and
amortized often will have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash
requirements for such replacements, or future requirements for capital expenditures or
contractual commitments. To compensate for these limitations, we evaluate our profitability by
considering the economic effect of the excluded expense items independently as well as in
connection with our analysis of cash flows from operations and through the use of other
financial measures. |
|
|
|
We believe EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance because it is
widely used to measure a companys operating performance without regard to certain non-cash
expenses (such as depreciation and amortization) and expenses that are not reflective of our
core operating results over time. We believe EBITDA presents a meaningful measure of corporate
performance exclusive of our capital structure, the method by which assets were acquired and
non-cash charges, and provides us with additional useful information to measure our performance
on a consistent basis, particularly with respect to changes in performance from period to
period. |
The following table provides a reconciliation of net income attributable to the Company to
EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended May 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands) |
|
Net Income (Loss) attributable to the Company |
|
$ |
10,035 |
|
|
$ |
3,121 |
|
|
$ |
(420 |
) |
Income (Loss) attributable to non-controlling interest |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
37 |
|
Interest Income |
|
|
(206 |
) |
|
|
(242 |
) |
|
|
(282 |
) |
Interest Expense |
|
|
525 |
|
|
|
834 |
|
|
|
1,023 |
|
Income Taxes |
|
|
6,485 |
|
|
|
1,797 |
|
|
|
(231 |
) |
Depreciation and Amortization |
|
|
2,320 |
|
|
|
2,165 |
|
|
|
2,114 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA |
|
$ |
19,163 |
|
|
$ |
7,662 |
|
|
$ |
2,241 |
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
Student headcount is based on the headcount as of the last day of the universitys
Spring term, which runs from March to May. |
-67-
Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.
You should read the following discussion together with the financial statements and the
related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. This discussion contains forward-looking
statements that are based on managements current expectations, estimates and projections about our
business and operations, and involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ
materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a
result of a number of factors, including those we discuss under Risk Factors, Special Note
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and elsewhere in this annual report.
Background
National American University, or NAU, is a regionally accredited, for-profit, multi-campus
institution of higher learning offering Associate, Bachelors and Masters degree programs in
business-related disciplines, such as accounting, applied management, business administration and
information technology, and in healthcare-related disciplines, such as nursing and healthcare
management. Courses are offered through educational sites as well as online via the Internet.
Operations include 23 educational sites (four of which are pending regulatory approvals) located in
Colorado, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, South Dakota and Texas, and distance
learning operations and central administration offices located in Rapid City, South Dakota.
As of May 31, 2010, NAU had enrolled 3,565 students at its physical locations, 3,742 students
for its online programs, and 1,451 students at its hybrid learning centers who attended physical
campus locations and also took classes online. NAU also provided instruction through affiliated
institutions to approximately 4,000 additional students online.
The real estate operations consist of apartment facilities, condominiums and other real estate
holdings in Rapid City, South Dakota. The real estate operations generated approximately 2% of our
revenues for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2010.
Key Financial Results Metrics
Revenue. Revenue is derived mostly from NAUs operations. For fiscal year ended May 31, 2010,
approximately 92% of our revenue was generated from NAUs academic revenue, which consists of
tuition and fees assessed at the start of each term. The remainder of our revenue comes from NAUs
auxiliary revenue from sources such as NAUs food services, bookstore, dormitory and motel
operations and the real estate operations rental income and condominium sales. Tuition revenue is
reported net of adjustments for refunds and scholarships and is recognized on a daily basis over
the length of the term. Upon withdrawal, students generally are refunded tuition based on the
uncompleted portion of the term. Auxiliary revenue is recognized when earned.
Factors affecting net revenue include:
|
|
|
the number of students who are enrolled and who remain enrolled in courses throughout
the term; |
|
|
|
the number of credit hours per student; |
|
|
|
the students degree and program mix; |
|
|
|
changes in tuition rates; |
|
|
|
the affiliates with which NAU is working as well as the number of students at the
affiliates; and |
|
|
|
the amount of scholarships for which students qualify. |
-68-
We record unearned tuition for academic services to be provided in future periods. Similarly,
we record a tuition receivable for the portion of the tuition that has not been paid. Tuition
receivable at the end of any calendar quarter largely represents student tuition due for the prior
academic quarter. Based upon past experience and judgment, we establish an allowance for doubtful
accounts to recognize those receivables we anticipated will not be paid. Any uncollected account
more than six months past due on students who have left NAU is charged against the allowance. Bad
debt expense as a percentage of revenues for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008 was 2.6%, 2.6% and 2.7%, respectively.
We define enrollments for a particular reporting period as the number of students registered
in a course on the last day of the reporting period. Enrollments are a function of the number of
continuing students registered and the number of new enrollments registered during the specified
period. Enrollment numbers are offset by inactive students, graduations and withdrawals occurring
during the period. Inactive students for a particular period are students who are not registered in
a class and, therefore, are not generating net revenue for that period.
We believe the principal factors affecting NAUs enrollments and net revenue are the number
and breadth of the programs being offered; the effectiveness of our marketing, recruiting and
retention efforts; the quality of our academic programs and student services; the convenience and
flexibility of our online delivery platform; the availability and amount of federal and other
funding sources for student financial assistance; and general economic conditions.
The following chart is a summary of our student enrollment on May 31, 2010, and May 31, 2009,
by degree type and by instructional delivery method.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 31, 2010 |
|
|
May 31, 2009 |
|
|
% Growth for |
|
|
|
(Spring 10 Qtr) |
|
|
(Spring 09 Qtr) |
|
|
same quarter |
|
|
|
Number of Students |
|
|
Number of Students |
|
|
over prior year |
|
Graduate |
|
|
335 |
|
|
|
255 |
|
|
|
31.4 |
% |
Undergraduate and
Diploma |
|
|
8,423 |
|
|
|
6,224 |
|
|
|
35.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
8,758 |
|
|
|
6,479 |
|
|
|
35.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On-Campus |
|
|
3,565 |
|
|
|
3,126 |
|
|
|
14.0 |
% |
Online |
|
|
3,742 |
|
|
|
2,387 |
|
|
|
56.8 |
% |
Hybrid |
|
|
1,451 |
|
|
|
966 |
|
|
|
50.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
8,758 |
|
|
|
6,479 |
|
|
|
35.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We experienced a 35% growth in enrollment in spring term 2010 over spring term 2009. This
growth was a significant increase over our historic enrollment growth, which has averaged
approximately 9.4% annually since 1998. We believe this recent growth is attributable to four main
factors: investment in the expansion and development of physical locations; investment in the
expansion of current academic programs and development of new academic programs; the development of
a disciplined student recruitment process; and the current economic downturn, in which many working
adults have decided to utilize education to obtain a job, advance in a job or retain their current
job. We also believe we have realized a significant increase in enrollments since 2005 due to our
investment of approximately $20 million to expand and develop physical locations and academic
programming. In addition, we believe that our strategic plan was critical in obtaining the growth
and results of operations that we have seen over the last year.
-69-
We plan to continue expanding and developing our academic programming, opening additional
physical locations and, potentially, making acquisitions. This growth will be subject to applicable
regulatory requirements and market conditions. With these efforts, we anticipate our positive
enrollment trends will continue. To the extent the economic downturn has caused enrollment growth,
our ability to maintain or increase that portion of our growth will depend on how economic factors
are perceived by our target student market in relation to the advantages of pursuing higher
education. If current market conditions continue, we believe that the extent to which these
enrollment trends will continue will be correlated with the opening of additional physical
locations, the number of programs that are developed, the number of programs that are expanded to
other locations, and, potentially, the number of locations and programs added through acquisitions.
If market conditions decline or if we are unable to open new physical locations, develop or expand
academic programming or make acquisitions, whether as a result of regulatory limitations or other
factors, our growth rate will likely return to more historic levels.
Expenses. Expenses consist of cost of educational services, selling, general and
administrative, auxiliary expenses, the cost of condominium sales, and the loss on disposition of
property and equipment. Cost of educational services expenses contain expenditures attributable to
the educational activity of NAU. This expense category includes salaries and benefits of faculty
and academic administrators, costs of educational supplies, faculty reference and support material
and related academic costs, and facility costs. Selling, general and administrative expenses
include the salaries of the
learner services positions (and other expenses related to support of students), salaries and
benefits of admissions staff, marketing expenditures, salaries of other support and leadership
services (including finance, human resources, compliance and other corporate functions), as well as
depreciation, bad debt expenses and other related costs associated with student support functions.
Auxiliary expenses include expenses for the cost of goods sold, including costs associated with
books, clothing, food and textbook shrinkage. The cost of condominium sales is the expense related
to condominiums that are sold during the reporting period. The loss on disposition of property and
equipment expense records the cost of discontinued assets that are no longer used by us.
Factors affecting comparability
Set forth below are selected factors we believe have had, or which we expect to have, a
significant effect on the comparability of our recent or future results of operations:
Introduction of new programs and specializations. We plan to develop additional degree and
diploma programs and specializations over the next several years. When introducing new programs and
specializations, we invest in curriculum development, support infrastructure and marketing
research. Revenues associated with these new programs are dependent upon enrollments, which are
lower during the periods of introduction. During this period of introduction and development, the
rate of growth in revenues and operating income has been, and may be, adversely affected, in part,
due to these factors. Historically, as the new programs and specializations develop, increases in
enrollment are realized, cost-effective delivery of instructional and support services are
achieved, economies of scale are recognized and more efficient marketing and promotional processes
are gained.
Public company expenses. As a public company, we have begun and will continue to incur
significant additional costs and expenses such as increased legal and audit fees, professional
fees, director and officer insurance costs, board of director fees and expenses related to
compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regulations and preparing and distributing periodic reports
in compliance with obligations under the federal securities laws. In addition, we will likely have
to hire additional personnel and expand our administrative functions to become compliant, and
maintain compliance, with the regulatory obligations of being a public company. We estimate that
the additional costs of being a public company will be between $1.0 million and $2.0 million
annually, which we expect to fund through cash provided by operating activities.
Stock-based compensation. We expect to incur increased non-cash, stock based compensation
expense in connection with existing and future issuances under our Stock Plan or other equity
incentive plans.
-70-
Seasonality. Our operations are generally subject to seasonal trends. While we enroll students
throughout the year, summer and winter quarter new enrollments and revenue are generally lower than
enrollments and revenue in other quarters due to the traditional custom of summer breaks and the
holiday break in December and January. In addition, we generally experience an increase in
enrollments in the fall of each year when most students seek to begin their post-secondary
education.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our
financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these
financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related disclosures. Management
evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those discussed below, on an ongoing basis. These
estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that management
believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for
making assumptions about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily
apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different
assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences may be material to the financial
statements. We believe the following critical accounting policies involve more significant
judgments and estimates than others used in the preparation of our financial statements:
Revenue recognition. Academic revenue represented approximately 91.8%, 90.9% and 89.4% of
revenue for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. We recognize revenue
from tuition on a ratably over the length of the respective term. Academic revenue is tuition
revenue, fees and charges assessed at the start of each term. If a student drops or withdraws from
a course during the first week of classes, we refund 100% of the charges for tuition
and fees, beyond the first week but during the first 60% of scheduled classes, the percentage
of tuition charges refunded is based on a daily proration on a percent of the term completed. If
the last day of attendance is beyond 60% of the scheduled classes, tuition and fees are not
refunded. Deferred revenue and student deposits in any period represent the excess of tuition, fees
and other student payments received as compared to amounts recognized as revenue on the statement
of operations, and are reflected as current liabilities on the balance sheet.
Allowance for doubtful accounts. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated
losses resulting from the inability, failure or refusal of the students to make required payments.
We determine the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts based on an analysis of aging of
the accounts receivable and with regard to historical bad debt experience. Accounts receivable
balances are generally written off when deemed uncollectible at the time the account is returned by
an outside collection agency. However, accounts that are 180 days old are fully reserved and
management continues collection efforts until it is determined that the possibility of collection
is unlikely. Bad debt expense is recorded as a selling, general and administrative expense. As of
May 31, 2010, and 2009, the allowance for doubtful accounts was approximately $0.2 million, and
$0.1 million respectively. During the fiscal years ended May 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, bad debt
expense was $2.4 million, $1.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The bad debt expense was
2.6%, 2.6% and 2.7% of total revenue for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
Accounting for Income Taxes. The objectives of accounting for income taxes are to recognize
the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and
assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in an entitys financial
statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or
settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized
in earnings in the period when the new rate is enacted.
We evaluate and account for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach. Recognition
(step one) occurs when we conclude that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is
more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. Measurement (step two) determines the amount
of benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing
authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Derecognition of a tax position that
was previously recognized would occur when we subsequently determine that a tax position no longer
meets the more-likely-than-not threshold of being sustained.
-71-
Share-Based Compensation. We measure and recognize compensation expense for all share-based
awards issued to employees and directors based on estimated fair values of the share awards on the
date of grant. We record compensation expense for all share-based awards over the vesting period.
Department of Education Rulemaking
On June 18, 2010, the Department of Education published in the Federal Register a Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking (June NPRM) related to a number of Title IV program integrity issues. The
June NPRM addresses each of the 14 topics discussed at the negotiated rulemaking sessions held in
November 2009, December 2009 and January 2010, including, among others, the definition of a high
school diploma for the purposes of establishing institutional eligibility to participate in Title
IV programs and student eligibility to receive Title IV aid, standards regarding the payment of
incentive compensation, establishing requirements for institutions to submit information on program
completers for programs that prepare students for gainful employment in recognized occupations,
revising the definition of what constitutes a substantial misrepresentation made by an
institution, standards regarding the sufficiency of a states authorization of an institution for
the purpose of establishing an institutions eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, and
the definition of a credit hour for purposes of determining program eligibility for Title IV
student financial aid. On July 26, 2010, the Department of Education published in the Federal
Register another Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (July NPRM) related to a definition of gainful
employment for purposes of determining whether certain educational programs comply with the
Title IV requirement of preparing students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation.
The Department of Education is expected to adopt final regulations before November 1, 2010,
many of which could be effective as early as July 1, 2011. Compliance with these and other new and
changing regulations could reduce our
enrollments, increase our cost of doing business, and have a material adverse effect on our
business. While we are unable to predict the final form of any regulations that the Department of
Education ultimately may adopt, we believe the following rules, if adopted in the form proposed in
the June NPRM and July NPRM, could have a significant impact on our business:
Incentive compensation. The Higher Education Act prohibits an educational institution that
participates in Title IV programs from making any commission, bonus or other incentive payments
based directly or indirectly on securing enrollments or financial aid to any persons or entities
involved in student recruiting or admissions activities, or in making decisions about the award of
student financial assistance. Under current Department of Education regulations, there are twelve
safe harbor provisions which specify certain activities and arrangements that an institution may
carry out without violating the prohibition against incentive compensation reflected in the Higher
Education Act, including the following:
|
|
|
an institution may make up to two adjustments (upward or downward) to a covered
employees salary or fixed hourly wage rate within any 12-month period without the
adjustment being considered an incentive payment, provided that no adjustment is based
solely on the number of students recruited, admitted, enrolled or awarded financial aid; |
|
|
|
a covered employee may be compensated based upon students successfully completing
their educational programs; and |
|
|
|
the incentive payment prohibition in the Higher Education Act does not apply to
managerial and supervisory employees who do not directly manage or supervise employees
who are directly involved in recruiting or admissions activities, or the awarding of
Title IV funds. |
While we believe that our compensation policies and practices have not been based on success in
enrolling students in violation of applicable law, the Department of Educations regulations and
interpretations of the incentive compensation law do not establish clear criteria for compliance in
all circumstances and, in a limited number of instances, our actions have not been within the scope
of any specific safe harbor provided in the regulations.
-72-
In the June NPRM, the Department proposes to delete all twelve safe harbors, taking the
position that any adjustment to compensation based directly or indirectly on securing enrollments
or awarding financial aid is inconsistent with the incentive payment prohibition in the Higher
Education Act. Among other examples, the Department asserts that compensating employees based upon
students successfully completing educational programs is indirectly based on securing enrollments
(i.e., unless the student enrolls, the student cannot successfully complete an educational
program), and also that the incentive compensation prohibition should extend all the way to the
senior management of an institution or organization. The Department contends that an institution
would still be able to make merit-based adjustments to employee compensation, but asserts that an
institution is not permitted to consider, and that no form of compensation can be based in any part
on, directly or indirectly, an employees success in securing student enrollments or the award of
financial aid or institutional goals based on that success, among other factors.
If the proposed rule is adopted in the form proposed, and the twelve safe harbors for
incentive compensation are eliminated, then we would have to modify some of our compensation
practices. Such a change could affect our ability to compensate our enrollment advisors and other
employees in a manner that appropriately reflects their relative merit, which in turn could
(1) reduce the effectiveness of our employees, and make it more difficult for us to attract and
retain staff with the desired talent and motivation to succeed and (2) impair our ability to
sustain and grow our business.
Gainful employment. Under the Higher Education Act, proprietary schools are generally eligible
to participate in Title IV programs only to the extent that their educational programs lead to
gainful employment in a recognized occupation. In the July NPRM, the Department of Education
proposes to assess whether a program leads to gainful employment by applying two tests, one based
on debt-to-income ratios and the other based on repayment rates. The Department of Educations
proposed rule is not clear in several important respects, as certain key aspects of the two tests
appear only in commentary to the proposal rule and not the actual proposed regulatory language. It
therefore remains subject to varying interpretations at this time, and we anticipate the Department
of Education will provide clarifications and further guidance in conjunction with its subsequent
issuance of a final rule.
|
|
|
Under the debt-to-income test, the Department would annually calculate (1) the ratio
of the annual loan payment for the program to the average annual earnings of the
students who completed the program and (2) the ratio of the annual loan payment for the
program to the discretionary income of students who completed the program. The annual
loan payment would be calculated using the median loan debt of all students who
completed the program in the three most recently completed award years prior to the
earnings year and using standard repayment terms (i.e., a 10-year repayment schedule and
the current annual interest rate on Federal unsubsidized loans). Loan debt would include
Title IV loans (except Parent PLUS loans) and any private educational loans or debt
obligations arising from institutional financing plans, but would not include any
student loan that a student incurred at prior institutions or subsequent institutions
unless the institutions are under common ownership or control, or are otherwise related
entities. Average annual earnings would be calculated by the Department using actual,
average annual earnings obtained from the Social Security Administration or another
federal agency for the students who completed the program in the most recent
three-fiscal year period. Discretionary income would be calculated based on the
difference between average annual earnings and 150 percent of the most current Poverty
Guideline for a single person in the continental United States. |
-73-
|
|
|
Under the repayment rate test, the Department would annually calculate a loan
repayment rate by dividing (1) the original outstanding principal balance of all loans
repaid by (2) the original outstanding principal balance of all loans issued under
Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL) and Federal Direct Loan programs which entered
repayment in the prior four federal fiscal years and are owed by students who attended
the program (i.e., not just borrowers who completed the program). Although not set forth
the actual regulatory language, it appears from the Departments accompanying commentary
that a loan would be counted as repaid if the borrower: (1) made loan payments during
the most recent fiscal year that reduced the outstanding principal
balance; (2) made
qualifying payments on the loan under the Public Service Loan
Forgiveness Program; or
(3) paid the loan in full, excluding loans paid in full through consolidation, unless
and until the consolidated loan is paid in full. A loan would not be counted as repaid
if the borrower is meeting its legal obligations, but not actively repaying the loan,
such as a loan in deferment or forbearance or on an income-contingent repayment plan and
paying only interest. The ratio excludes loan amounts for borrowers in military or
in-school deferment, and borrowers entering repayment in the final six months of the
most recent federal fiscal year. The original outstanding principal balance would be the
balance on FFEL and Federal Direct Loan program loans, including capitalized interest,
on the date those loans entered repayment. |
Based on a programs performance under these two tests, the program may be fully eligible,
have restricted eligibility or be ineligible to participate in Title IV programs as follows:
|
|
|
Fully eligible programs would have either (1) at least a 45% loan repayment rate, or
(2) graduates with a debt-to-income ratio of less than 20% of discretionary income or 8%
of average annual earnings. Unless a fully eligible program passes both benchmarks,
institutions would have to disclose the programs repayment rates and debt-to-income
ratios and alert current and prospective students that they may have difficulty repaying
loans obtained for attending that program. |
|
|
|
Ineligible programs would have a less than 35% loan repayment rate, and graduates
with a debt-to-income ratio above 30% of discretionary income and 12% of average annual
earnings. An ineligible program may not offer Title IV aid to new students, but can
provide aid to current students for the remainder of the award year in which the program
became eligible and the following award year. The institution would have to disclose the
programs repayment rates and debt-to-income ratios and alert students that they may
have difficulty repaying loans obtained for attending that program. |
|
|
|
All other programs would be restricted programs. The proposed regulations would limit
the enrollment of Title IV recipients in restricted programs to the average number
enrolled during the prior three award years, require the institution to demonstrate
employer support for the program, warn consumers and current students that they may have
difficulty repaying loans obtained for attending the program and provide the most recent
debt measures for the program. Institutions would demonstrate employer support for a
program
by providing documentation from employers not affiliated with the institution affirming
that the curriculum of the program aligns with the recognized occupations at those
employers businesses, and that there are projected job vacancies or expected demand for
those occupations at those businesses. The number and locations of the businesses for
which affirmation is required must be commensurate with the anticipated size of the
program. |
Institutions with one or more ineligible or restricted programs would be subject to
provisional certification. For a new program to be eligible to participate in Title IV programs,
the proposed rules would require an institution to apply to have the program approved by the
Department. As part of its application, the institution would need to provide: (1) the projected
enrollment for the program for the next five years for each location of the institution that will
offer the additional program; (2) documentation of employer support for the program similar to that
described above for programs on restricted status; and (3) if the additional program constitutes a
substantive change, documentation of the approval of the substantive change from its accrediting
agency. In determining whether to approve the new program, the Department could restrict the
approval for an initial period based on the institutions enrollment projections and demonstrated
ability to offer programs that lead to gainful employment. If the new program constitutes a
substantive change based solely on program content, it would be subject to the gainful employment
measures as soon as data on the loan repayment rate and debt measures are available. Otherwise, the
loan repayment rate and debt measures for the new program would be based, in part, on loan data
from the institutions other programs currently or previously offered that are in the same job
family, as defined by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
-74-
To give programs an opportunity to improve and to ensure data integrity, the Department
proposes that programs may not be found ineligible to participate in Title IV programs on account
of the proposed new gainful employment regulations until July 1, 2012. The portion of the proposed
regulations regarding the eligibility of new programs; however, would become effective July 1,
2011.
The Department of Education is expected to adopt final regulations by November 1, 2010, to be
effective as described above. If this regulation is adopted in a form similar to that proposed by
the Department of Education, it could render a significant number of our programs, and many
programs offered by other proprietary educational institutions, ineligible for Title IV funding.
In addition, the continuing eligibility of our educational programs for Title IV funding would be
at risk due to factors beyond our control, such as changes in the income levels of our former
students, increases in interest rates, changes in student mix to persons requiring higher amounts
of student loans to complete their programs, changes in student loan delinquency rates and other
factors. If a particular program ceased to be eligible for Title IV funding, in most cases it would
not be practical to continue offering that program under our current business model. We may have
to substantially increase our efforts to promote student loan repayment to ensure continued
eligibility for certain programs to remain eligible for Title IV funding. We could also be
required to increase disclosures to our students and prospective students, and our program growth
could be restricted or compromised. Any of these events could materially increase our costs of
doing business, cause decreased enrollments, and have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
State authorization. To be eligible to participate in Title IV programs, an institution
must be licensed or authorized to offer its educational programs by the states in which it is
physically located. The June NPRM proposes to clarify that an educational institution is considered
legally authorized in a state and provides that the Secretary of Education would consider an
institution to be legally authorized by a state if (1) the authorization is given to the
institution specifically to offer programs beyond secondary education, (2) the authorization is
subject to adverse action by the state and (3) the state has a process to review and appropriately
act on complaints concerning an institution and enforces applicable state laws. The June NPRM
further discusses the Departments view that a state is expected to take an active role in
approving an institution, and that a state should not defer all, or nearly all, of its oversight
responsibilities to accrediting agencies for approval of institutions. In South Dakota, where we
are headquartered, the state currently does not specifically regulate or authorize the degrees or
other educational programs of private, regionally accredited institutions of higher education. If
the proposed rule is ultimately adopted, we may need to apply for additional authorization in South
Dakota and other states in which we operate, and the authorization process could result in
unexpected delays or other setbacks that could jeopardize our Title IV eligibility.
The proposed regulations in the June NPRM and July NPRM are subject to public comment until
August 2, 2010, and September 9, 2010, respectively (in each case 45 days after publication in the
Federal Register), and may be further
modified by the Department. After the public comment period expires, the Department must publish
final regulations in the Federal Register on or before November 1, 2010, for the regulations to be
effective July 1, 2011. The Department has stated its intent to publish final regulations on or
before November 1, 2010. Although we cannot predict the outcome of the Departments rulemaking
process at this time, any final regulations Departments could require us to change the manner in
which we conduct our business, which could adversely affect our enrollments, revenues and results
of operations, perhaps materially.
-75-
Federal Direct Loan Program.
On March 30, 2010, the President Health Care and Education Affordability Act of 2010, or
HCEAA, which, among other things, eliminates the Federal Family Education Loan, or FFEL, program
(in which private lenders originated Title IV loans) in favor of the Federal Direct Loan program
(in which the Department of Education originates Title IV loans), such that no FFEL loans may be
originated after June 30, 2010. We are approved to participate in the Federal Direct Loan program
and have fully transitioned from the FFEL program to the Federal Direct Loan program as of July 1,
2010.
Results of Operations For the Year Ended May 31, 2010 Compared to the Year Ended May 31, 2009
National American University Holdings, Inc.
The following table sets forth statements of operations data as a percentage of net revenue
for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year-Ended |
|
|
Year-Ended |
|
|
|
May 31, 2010 |
|
|
May 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
In percentages |
|
|
In percentages |
|
Total revenues |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of educational services |
|
|
22.7 |
|
|
|
27.8 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
55.6 |
|
|
|
60.1 |
|
Auxiliary expense |
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
Cost of condominium sales |
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
81.5 |
|
|
|
91.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
18.5 |
|
|
|
8.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
|
(1.3 |
) |
Interest income |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
Other income |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
18.4 |
|
|
|
7.8 |
|
Income tax expense benefit |
|
|
7.2 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
Net income attributable to
non-controlling interest |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to the Company |
|
|
11.2 |
|
|
|
5.0 |
|
Although we had a number of expenses we anticipate to be infrequent (approximately $5
million detailed in the following paragraph) impact our financial statements this past year, the
company has performed very well by growing revenues and overall profitability. For the year ended
May 31, 2010, we generated $89.8 million in revenue, an increase of 43.5% compared to the same
period in 2009. This increase was attributable to enrollment growth, an average tuition increase of
4.4% effective September 2009, additional students served through affiliated institutions,
continued geographic and programmatic expansion and revenue from condominium sales. Our revenue for
the year ended May 31, 2010 consisted of $87.9 million from our NAU operations and $1.9 million
from our other operations. Total operating expenses were $73.2 million or 81.5% of total revenue
for the year ended May 31, 2010, an increase of 28.0% compared to the same period in 2009. Income
before income taxes was $16.5 million or 18.4% of total revenue for the year ended May 31, 2010, an
increase of 236.9% compared to the same period in 2009. Net income was $10.0 million or 11.2% of
total revenue for the year ended May 31, 2010, an increase of 223.0% compared to the same period in
2009.
Over the past year, the Company has successfully completed a reverse merger and a secondary
public offering. As a result of these two activities, the company had a number of infrequent
transactions which were made to better position the company going forward. The company bought out
two existing employment agreements with a cost of $2.7 million, the payment of advisory fees of
$0.2 million, and recorded an expense of $2.1 million for stock grants issued to management.
-76-
NAU
The following table sets forth statements of operations data as a percentage of net revenue
for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year-Ended |
|
|
Year-Ended |
|
|
|
May 31, 2010 |
|
|
May 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
In percentages |
|
|
In percentages |
|
Total revenues |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of educational services |
|
|
23.2 |
|
|
|
28.6 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
54.8 |
|
|
|
59.7 |
|
Auxiliary expense |
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of condominium sales |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
80.5 |
|
|
|
90.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
19.5 |
|
|
|
9.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
Interest income |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Income before non-controlling
interest and taxes |
|
|
19.6 |
|
|
|
8.9 |
|
Total revenue. The total revenue for NAU for the year ended May 31, 2010 was
$87.9 million, an increase of $27.0 million or 44.4%, as compared to total revenue of $60.9 million
for the year ended May 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to the enrollment increase of
approximately 35%, which was consistent with our investment in new program development, program
expansion, development of new educational sites and student retention initiatives, over the prior
year. The increase can also be attributed, in part, to the current economic downturn, in which many
working adults have decided to utilize education to obtain a job, advance in a job or retain their
current job. In addition, the increase is due to an average tuition increase of 4.4% that was
approved by NAUs board of governors in April 2009 and became effective September 2009. We believe
that managements execution of NAUs well-defined strategic plan contributed to the increase in
revenues.
The academic revenue for the year ended May 31, 2010 was $82.4 million, an increase of $25.5
million or 44.9%, as compared to academic revenue of $56.9 million for the year ended May 31, 2009.
The increase was primarily due to the enrollment increase over the prior year. The auxiliary
revenue was $5.5 million, an increase of $1.5 million or 37.0%, as compared to auxiliary revenue of
$4.0 million for the year ended May 31, 2009. The increase in auxiliary revenue was primarily due
to additional students being served through our growth and the sales of books and instructional
materials.
Cost of educational services. The educational services expense as a percentage of total
revenue decreased by 5.4% for the year ended May 31, 2010, to 23.2%, as compared to 28.6% for the
year ended May 31, 2009. This decrease was a result of realizing continued economies of scale
through enrollment growth and by counseling students to enroll in online courses, thereby
increasing our student to instructor ratios. The educational services expenses for the year ended
May 31, 2010, were $20.4 million, an increase of $3.0 million, or 17.4%, as compared to educational
expenses of $17.4 million for the year ended May 31, 2009. This increase was primarily due to
increases in instructional compensation and related expenses. These increases were attributable to
the increased faculty and staff members needed to provide and maintain the quality of our
educational services to our increased student enrollment.
-77-
Selling, general and administrative expenses. The selling, general and administrative expense
as a percentage of total revenue decreased by 4.9% for the year ended May 31, 2010, to 54.8%, as
compared to 59.7% for the year ended May 31, 2009. This decrease was primarily the result of the
universitys ability to further leverage fixed costs across an increasing revenue base. The
selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended May 31, 2010 were $48.2
million, an increase of $11.9 million, or 32.7%, as compared to selling, general and
administrative expenses of $36.3 million for the year ended May 31, 2009. The increase was
attributed to additional support staff necessary to support our continued growth, increased
admissions staff to support our growth plan and larger marketing costs to sustain our growth
initiative.
In addition, we track the expenditures associated with new educational sites, new program
development and program expansion within the selling, general and administrative expense category.
For the year ended May 31, 2010, the total business expansion and development expenditures were
$6.5 million as compared to $3.2 million for the same period in fiscal year 2009.
Included in this total was $2.2 million for the continued development of the Austin,
Texas, campus compared to $1.5 million for the same period in fiscal year 2009, $2.0 million for
the expansion and development of hybrid learning centers in Missouri, Minnesota, Kansas and
Colorado as compared to $60,000 for the same period in fiscal year 2009, and $2.0 million for the
continued expansion for the nursing programs in Denver, Colorado; Bloomington, Minnesota;
Albuquerque, New Mexico; Rapid City, South Dakota; and Sioux Falls, South Dakota, as compared to
$1.6 million for the same period in fiscal year 2009.
Auxiliary. Auxiliary expenses for the year ended May 31, 2010 were $2.1 million, an increase
of $0.5 million, or 30.2%, as compared to auxiliary expenses of $1.6 million for the year ended May
31, 2009. This increase was primarily the result of the increase in cost of books resulting from
higher book sales.
Income before non-controlling interest and taxes. The income before non-controlling interest
and taxes for the year ended May 31, 2010, was $17.3 million, an increase of $11.8 million, as
compared to $5.4 million for the year ended May 31, 2009.
We are executing our strategic growth initiatives by expanding existing academic programs,
developing new academic programs and developing educational sites, which resulted in revenue being
up over $27.0 million during the year ended May 31, 2010 compared to the same time period last
fiscal year. Expenses were 80.5% of total revenue for the year ended May 31, 2010 and were 90.9%
for the same period in fiscal year 2009. This decline is consistent with our efforts to improve
margins by gaining greater efficiencies and to further capitalize on our existing assets. Selling,
general and administrative expenses were down a total of 4.9%. We have been able to capitalize on
our growth initiatives by managing expenses and gaining greater operational efficiencies.
Other
The following table sets forth statements of operations data as a percentage of net revenue
for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year-Ended |
|
|
Year-Ended |
|
|
|
May 31, 2010 |
|
|
May 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
In percentages |
|
|
In percentages |
|
Total revenues |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of educational services |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
89.1 |
|
|
|
76.3 |
|
Auxiliary expense |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Cost of condominium sales |
|
|
41.1 |
|
|
|
33.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
130.2 |
|
|
|
109.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
(30.2 |
) |
|
|
(9.6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(21.6 |
) |
|
|
(27.4 |
) |
Interest income |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Other income |
|
|
11.8 |
|
|
|
5.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before
non-controlling interest and taxes |
|
|
(39.7 |
) |
|
|
(31.5 |
) |
-78-
Our other operations total revenue for the year ended May 31, 2010 was $1.9 million, an
increase of $0.2 million or 10.5%, as compared to total revenue of $1.7 million for the year ended
May 31, 2009. The increase is due to the sales of condominiums in fiscal year 2010.
The rental income from apartments for the year ended May 31, 2010 was $0.9 million, an
increase of $28,000 or 3.1%, as compared $0.9 million for the year ended May 31, 2009.
The condominium sales for the year ended May 31, 2010 were $0.9 million, an increase of
$148,000 or 18.9%, as compared to $0.8 million for the year ended May 31, 2009.
The selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenue increased by
12.8% for the year ended May 31, 2010 to 89.1%, as compared to 76.3% for the year ended May 31,
2009. The selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended May 31, 2010 were $1.6
million, an increase of $0.4 million, or 29.1%, as compared to $1.3 million for the year ended May
31, 2009.
The cost of the condominium sales for the year ended May 31, 2010 was $0.8 million, an
increase of $203,000, or 36.4%, as compared to $0.6 million for the year ended May 31, 2009.
Interest expense for the year ended May 31, 2010 was $0.4 million, a decrease of $59,000, or
12.9%, as compared to the year ended May 31, 2009.
The loss before non-controlling interest and taxes for the year ended May 31, 2010 was $0.7
million, an increase of $0.2 million, as compared to a loss of $0.5 million for the year ended May
31, 2009.
Results of Operations Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2008
National American University Holdings, Inc.
The following table sets forth statements of operations data as a percentage of net revenue
for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
May 31, 2009 |
|
|
May 31, 2008 |
|
|
|
In percentages |
|
|
In percentages |
|
Total revenues |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of educational services |
|
|
27.8 |
|
|
|
30.6 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
60.1 |
|
|
|
66.0 |
|
Auxiliary expense |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
Cost of condominium sales |
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
91.4 |
|
|
|
99.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
8.6 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(1.3 |
) |
|
|
(2.1 |
) |
Interest income |
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
Other income |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes |
|
|
7.8 |
|
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
Income tax (expense) benefit |
|
|
(2.9 |
) |
|
|
0.5 |
|
Net income attributable to
non-controlling interest |
|
|
(0.0 |
) |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to the Company |
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
(0.8 |
) |
-79-
For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009, our total revenue was $62.6 million, an increase
of $13.1 million or 26.5%, as compared to total revenue of $49.5 million for the fiscal year ended
May 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to the execution of our strategic growth plan which
resulted in a 30% enrollment increase over the prior year. Our fiscal year 2009 revenue consisted
of $60.9 million from our NAU operations and $1.7 million from our other operations. Total
operating expenses were $57.2 million or 91% for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009, which is an
increase of $7.8 million compared to the same period in 2008. Income from operations was $5.4
million or 8.6% for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009, which is an increase of $5.4 million
compared to the same period in 2008. Net income was $3.1 million or 5.0% for the fiscal year ended
May 31, 2009, an increase of 843.1%, compared to the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008.
The enrollment increases were driven by our investment in new educational sites and programs,
expansion of existing programs to new markets, a weaker economy and an improved enrollment
management system of monitoring and improving our recruitment processes. The additional details
regarding these variances year over year are described in greater detail below in the segment
discussions below.
NAU
The following table sets forth statements of operations data as a percentage of net revenue
for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
May 31, 2009 |
|
|
May 31, 2008 |
|
|
|
In percentages |
|
|
In percentages |
|
Total revenues |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of educational services |
|
|
28.6 |
|
|
|
31.3 |
|
Selling, general and
administrative |
|
|
59.7 |
|
|
|
63.9 |
|
Auxiliary expense |
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
90.9 |
|
|
|
98.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
9.1 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
|
(1.6 |
) |
Interest income |
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income
taxes |
|
|
8.9 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
Total revenue. The total revenue for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 was $60.9
million, an increase of $12.6 million or 26.2%, as compared to total revenue of $48.3 million for
the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008. The increase was driven by our 30% enrollment increase over the
prior year. In addition, our enrollment increase resulted from our investment in program
development and expansion, new and expanded affiliate relationships, new hybrid learning centers
and improved enrollment.
The academic revenue for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 was $56.9 million, an increase of
$12.7 million or 28.6%, as compared to academic revenue of $44.2 million for the fiscal year ended
May 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to the enrollment increase over the prior year. The
auxiliary revenue was $4.0 million, a decrease of $26,000 or 0.6%, as compared to auxiliary revenue
of $4.0 million for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008. This decrease was primarily due to fewer
sales in the foodservice area as the university continued to transition the Rapid City, South
Dakota, campus to a non-traditional campus.
Cost of educational services. The educational services expense as a percentage of total
revenue decreased by 2.7% for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009, to 28.6%, as compared to 31.3%
for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008. This decrease was a result of our counseling students to
take online courses and thereby increase our student to instructor ratios. The educational services
expenses for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 were $17.4 million, an increase of $2.3 million, or
15.0% as compared to educational expenses of $15.1 million for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008.
This increase was primarily due to increases in instructional compensation and related expenses to
maintain the quality of our academic programs. These increases were attributable to the increased
faculty and staff needed to provide and sustain quality educational services to the increased
student population.
In addition, we reclassified expenses related to facilities into this
category for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2010. These amounts were
previously reported under selling, general and administrative expense
for the second and third quarter. The amounts per quarter that were related
to facilities for fiscal year 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter |
|
$ |
1,185 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
$ |
1,182 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
$ |
1,304 |
|
Fourth
Quarter |
|
$ |
1,283 |
|
-80-
Selling, general and administrative expenses. The selling, general and administrative expense
as a percentage of total revenue decreased by 4.2% for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009, to
59.7%, as compared to 63.9% for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008. This decrease was primarily the
result of our ability to leverage fixed costs across an increasing revenue base. The selling,
general and administrative expenses for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 were $36.3 million, an
increase of $5.5 million, or 17.8%, as compared to selling, general and administrative expenses of
$30.9 million for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008. The increase was attributed to additional
support staff necessary to support continued growth, increased admissions staff to support our
growth plan and larger marketing costs to generate more enrollment interest.
In addition, NAU tracks the gross expenditures associated with the development and expansion
of new educational sites and new programs as business expansion and development expense. For the
fiscal year ended May 31, 2009, the total business expansion and development expenditures were $3.2
million. Included in this total was $1.6 million for continued expansion of the Austin, Texas, site
and $1.6 million for the expansion of the nursing programs in Overland Park, Kansas; Denver,
Colorado; and Bloomington, Minnesota.
For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008, the business expansion and development expenditures
were $4.8 million. Included in this total was $173,468 for continued expansion of the Distance
Learning operations, $950,249 for the continued development of the Austin, Texas site, $1.4 million
for the expansion for the nursing programs in Overland Park, Kansas; Denver, Colorado; and
Bloomington, Minnesota, $1.2 million for the development of an education center in Wichita, Kansas,
and $754,942 for the development of an education center in Watertown, South Dakota.
Auxiliary. Auxiliary expenses for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 were $1,595,000, an
increase of $72,000, or 4.7%, as compared to auxiliary expenses of $1,523,000 the fiscal year ended
May 31, 2008.
Revenue was up over $12.6 million for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009, compared to the
fiscal year ended May 31, 2008. This increase was largely due to our growth initiatives resulting
in an increase in academic revenue consistent with the increased enrollments. Expenses were 90.9%
of total revenue for fiscal year 2009 and were 98.4% for fiscal year 2008. Selling, general and
administrative expenses were down 4.2%, of which business expansion and development was down 4.5
percentage points to 5.4% in 2009 from 9.9% in 2008.
To support our enrollment growth in fiscal year 2009, we continued developing the Austin,
Texas site and the nursing programs in Overland Park, Kansas, and Denver, Colorado. In fiscal year
2008, we expanded the nursing programs, developed the Austin, Texas site and continued to develop
the education centers in Wichita, Kansas, and Watertown, South Dakota.
Other
The following table sets forth statements of operations data as a percentage of net revenue
for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
May 31, 2009 |
|
|
May 31, 2008 |
|
|
|
In percentages |
|
|
In percentages |
|
Total revenues |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative |
|
|
76.3 |
|
|
|
151.7 |
|
Cost of Condominium Sales |
|
|
33.3 |
|
|
|
10.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
109.6 |
|
|
|
162.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss |
|
|
(9.6 |
) |
|
|
(62.0 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(27.4 |
) |
|
|
(22.2 |
) |
Other income |
|
|
5.6 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes |
|
|
(31.5 |
) |
|
|
(76.5 |
) |
-81-
The total revenue for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 was $1.7 million, an increase of
$0.5 million or 42.2%, as compared to net revenue of $1.2 million for the fiscal year ended May 31,
2008. The increase was primarily due to the sale of additional condominiums. The rental
income from apartments for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 was $0.9 million, an increase of
$108,000 or 13.8%, as compared to $0.8 million for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008. This was due
to lower vacancies in 2009. The condominium sales for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 were $0.8
million, an increase of $0.4 million or 98.5%, as compared to $0.4 million for the fiscal year
ended May 31, 2008. This was due to the sale of higher priced, newly built condominiums in 2009 as
opposed to 2008 when the only condominiums sold were older and less expensive. The selling, general
and administrative expense as a percentage of net revenue decreased by 75.4% for the fiscal year
ended May 31, 2009, to 76.3%, as compared to 151.7% for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008. This
decrease was primarily the result of lower expenses for 2009. The selling, general and
administrative expenses for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 were $1.3 million, a decrease of
$0.5 million, or 28.5%, as compared to $1.8 million for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008. The
cost of the condominium sales for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 was $0.6 million, an increase
of $0.4 million, as compared to $0.1 million for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008. The costs
increased due to the increase in condominium sales. Interest expense for the fiscal year ended
May 31, 2009 was $0.5 million, an increase of $0.2 million, or 75.9%, as compared to the fiscal
year ended May 31, 2008. This increase was a result of the operating line of credit used for the
condominium project and the interest expense related to it.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity. At May 31, 2010, and May 31, 2009, cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
were $19.8 million and $7.9 million, respectively. Consistent with our cash management plan and
investment philosophy, a portion of the excess cash was invested in United States securities
directly or through money market funds, as well as in bank deposits and certificate of deposits. Of
the amounts listed above, the marketable securities for May 31, 2010 and May 31, 2009 were $11.1
million and $4.4 million, respectively.
We maintain two lines of credit to support ongoing operations. These lines of credit are
available to support timing differences between inflows and outflows of cash. During the fiscal
year 2010 the lines of credit were not utilized.
We retain a $2.0 million revolving line of credit with Great Western Bank. Advances under the
line bear interest at a variable rate based on prime and are secured by substantially all assets of
Dlorah and the personal guarantee of Robert Buckingham, our chair of the board of directors. There
were no advances outstanding made on this credit line at May 31, 2010 and May 31, 2009.
We also retain a $3.0 million revolving line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank. Advances under
the line bear interest at a variable rate based on prime and are secured by the Companys checking,
savings and investment accounts held by the bank. There were no advances outstanding against this
line at May 31, 2010 and May 31, 2009.
During 2008, our real estate operations started the construction of a new condominium building
in Rapid City, South Dakota. The project was funded by a construction line of credit from Great
Western Bank totaling $3.8 million. The line of credit had borrowings of $3.3 million at May 31,
2009, and was paid in full and closed during the year ended May 31, 2010.
Based on our current operations and anticipated growth, the cash flows from operations and
other sources of liquidity are anticipated to provide adequate funds for ongoing operations and
planned capital expenditures for the near future. These expenditures include our plans for
continued expansion and development of new programming, development of new hybrid learning centers
and growth of our affiliate relationships. We spent over $6.5 million for our fiscal year ending
May 31, 2010, as compared to $3.2 million last fiscal year. Also, we believe that we are positioned
to further supplement our liquidity with debt, if needed.
-82-
Operating Activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $13.1 million and $9.2
million for the years ended May 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. This improvement is consistent
with our growth initiatives and our tuition and fee collection process whereby all tuition and fees
are due and payable on the first day of each quarter.
Net cash provided by operating activities for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 was $9.2
million as compared to $2.7 million for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008. This improvement is
consistent with the improvement in revenue and the change in other working capital accounts.
Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $11.6 million for the year
ended May 31, 2010, as compared to the net cash used in investing activities of $2.4 million for
the year ended May 31, 2009. The increase in the cash used in investing activities was primarily
related to the purchase of investments in 2010. Our investment committee is focused on capital
preservation.
In May 2009 the cash flows used in investing activities was $2.4 million as compared to $6.2
million for the previous fiscal year. This decrease is primarily attributable to the use of cash in
fiscal year 2008 to finance the line of credit for the construction of the development property.
Financing Activities. Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $3.7 million and
($5.4 million) for the year ended May 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The activities in this
category consisted of the use and repayments of lines of credit and long-term debt as well as cash
received from the transaction with Dlorah. As a result of the transaction
with Dlorah, we received approximately $22.0 million in cash, of which, approximately, $3.4
million was used for transactional expenses. We use lines of credit to bridge the timing difference
between cash inflows and cash outflows during the course of the year. As mentioned earlier, aside
from the cash provided from the Dlorah transaction, the primary reason for the fluctuation in
financing activities from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010 was an increase in the repayments of
long-term debt of $6.0 million as well as not utilizing the lines of credit in fiscal year 2010.
This repayment of debt has positioned the Company into a debt free status.
Net cash used by financing activities for May 31, 2009 was $5.4 million as compared to net
cash provided by financing in May 31, 2008 of $5.4 million. This $10 million change is due to
repayments on the lines of credit of $5.8 million in 2009, zero borrowings on long-term debt in
2009 versus borrowing of $3.2 million in 2008 and the financing of the development property in 2008
of $3.9 million.
The table below sets forth our contractual commitments associated with operating leases as of
May 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due By Period (in thousands) |
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
Within 1 year |
|
|
1-3 Years |
|
|
3-5 Years |
|
|
More than 5 years |
|
Operating leases |
|
$ |
35,042 |
|
|
$ |
3,898 |
|
|
$ |
6,936 |
|
|
$ |
6,719 |
|
|
$ |
17,489 |
|
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Other than operating leases, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or
are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our financial condition,
changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital
expenditures or capital resources.
-83-
Impact of Inflation
We believe inflation has had a minimal impact on results of operations for both the year ended
May 31, 2010, and the years ended May 31, 2009 and 2008. We also increase tuition (usually once a
year) to assist offsetting inflationary impacts without creating a hardship for students.
Consistent with our operating plan, a yearly salary increase in December (supported by evaluations
and recommendations from supervisors) is considered to help alleviate the inflationary effects on
staff. There can be no assurance that future inflation will not have an adverse impact on operating
results and financial condition.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Risk.
Market risk. We have no derivative financial instruments or derivative commodity instruments.
Cash in excess of current operating requirements is invested in short-term certificates of deposit
and money market instruments.
Interest rate risk. Interest rate risk is managed by investing excess funds in cash
equivalents and marketable securities bearing variable interest rates tied to various market
indices. As such, future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes in
interest rates or losses in principal may occur if securities are forced to be sold which have
declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. At May 31, 2010, a 10% increase or
decrease in interest rates would not have a material impact on future earnings, fair values or cash
flows. To date there have been no material drawings on the lines.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
National American University Holdings, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
Annual Financial Statements: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Statement Schedules |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required. |
|
|
|
|
-84-
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
National American University Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Rapid City, South Dakota
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
National American University Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the
Company) as of May 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated
statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss),
stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended May 31, 2010. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor
were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over
financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal
control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the
purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the
Companys internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we
express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of National
American University Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of May 31,
2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended May 31, 2010,
in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.
August 18, 2010
-85-
NATIONAL AMERICAN UNIVERSITY HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
AS OF MAY 31, 2010 AND 2009
(In thousands except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT ASSETS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
8,695 |
|
|
$ |
3,508 |
|
Short term investments |
|
|
11,109 |
|
|
|
4,417 |
|
Student receivables net of allowance of $203 and $115
at May 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively |
|
|
1,823 |
|
|
|
1,207 |
|
Other receivables |
|
|
952 |
|
|
|
203 |
|
Bookstore inventory |
|
|
920 |
|
|
|
604 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
1,574 |
|
|
|
1,090 |
|
Prepaid and other current assets |
|
|
1,759 |
|
|
|
410 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
26,832 |
|
|
|
11,439 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Property and Equipment Net (Note 1) |
|
|
15,881 |
|
|
|
12,152 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER ASSETS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Condominium inventory |
|
|
3,046 |
|
|
|
3,802 |
|
Land held for future development |
|
|
312 |
|
|
|
312 |
|
Course development net of accumulated amortization
of $1,149 and $804 at May 31,
2010 and 2009, respectively |
|
|
768 |
|
|
|
767 |
|
Other |
|
|
447 |
|
|
|
393 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,573 |
|
|
|
5,274 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
$ |
47,286 |
|
|
$ |
28,865 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt current portion |
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
$ |
2,147 |
|
Line of credit real estate |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
3,305 |
|
Accounts payable |
|
|
4,315 |
|
|
|
3,564 |
|
Dividends payable |
|
|
11,116 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Student accounts payable |
|
|
322 |
|
|
|
314 |
|
Deferred income |
|
|
305 |
|
|
|
367 |
|
Income tax payable |
|
|
231 |
|
|
|
551 |
|
Accrued and other liabilities |
|
|
6,109 |
|
|
|
4,900 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
22,398 |
|
|
|
15,148 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LONG-TERM DEBT Net of current portion |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
6,507 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES |
|
|
1,151 |
|
|
|
1,503 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES |
|
|
2,380 |
|
|
|
815 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock (50,000,000 authorized, 21,819,653
issued and outstanding as of May 31,
2010, 0 issued and outstanding as of May 31, 2009; $0.0001 par value per share) |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
19,165 |
|
|
|
385 |
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
2,389 |
|
|
|
7,251 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
|
96 |
|
|
|
109 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,652 |
|
|
|
7,745 |
|
Less treasury stock at cost |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(1,869 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total National American University Holdings, Inc. stockholders equity |
|
|
21,652 |
|
|
|
5,876 |
|
Non-controlling interest |
|
|
(295 |
) |
|
|
(984 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity |
|
|
21,357 |
|
|
|
4,892 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
$ |
47,286 |
|
|
$ |
28,865 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
-86-
NATIONAL AMERICAN UNIVERSITY HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
(In thousands except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REVENUE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Academic revenue |
|
$ |
82,418 |
|
|
$ |
56,874 |
|
|
$ |
44,218 |
|
Auxiliary revenue |
|
|
5,528 |
|
|
|
4,036 |
|
|
|
4,062 |
|
Rental income apartments |
|
|
918 |
|
|
|
890 |
|
|
|
782 |
|
Condominium sales |
|
|
932 |
|
|
|
784 |
|
|
|
395 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue |
|
|
89,796 |
|
|
|
62,584 |
|
|
|
49,457 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of educational services |
|
|
20,419 |
|
|
|
17,398 |
|
|
|
15,130 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
49,886 |
|
|
|
37,626 |
|
|
|
32,642 |
|
Auxiliary expense |
|
|
2,076 |
|
|
|
1,595 |
|
|
|
1,523 |
|
Cost of condominium sales |
|
|
761 |
|
|
|
558 |
|
|
|
122 |
|
Loss on disposition of property |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
73,171 |
|
|
|
57,180 |
|
|
|
49,422 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING INCOME |
|
|
16,625 |
|
|
|
5,404 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
242 |
|
|
|
282 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(525 |
) |
|
|
(834 |
) |
|
|
(1,023 |
) |
Other income net |
|
|
218 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense |
|
|
(101 |
) |
|
|
(499 |
) |
|
|
(649 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES |
|
|
16,524 |
|
|
|
4,905 |
|
|
|
(614 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME TAX (EXPENSE) BENEFIT |
|
|
(6,485 |
) |
|
|
(1,797 |
) |
|
|
231 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS) |
|
|
10,039 |
|
|
|
3,108 |
|
|
|
(383 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET (INCOME) LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO
NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
(37 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO NATIONAL
AMERICAN UNIVERSITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND
SUBSIDIARIES |
|
|
10,035 |
|
|
|
3,121 |
|
|
|
(420 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains (losses) on investments |
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE
TO
NATIONAL AMERICAN UNIVERSITY HOLDINGS,
INC. |
|
$ |
10,022 |
|
|
$ |
3,202 |
|
|
$ |
(303 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
(continued)
-87-
NATIONAL AMERICAN UNIVERSITY HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
(In thousands except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic EPS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributed earnings |
|
$ |
135.89 |
|
|
$ |
2.00 |
|
|
$ |
2.00 |
|
Undistributed earnings |
|
|
(40.64 |
) |
|
|
29.21 |
|
|
|
(6.20 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
95.25 |
|
|
$ |
31.21 |
|
|
$ |
(4.20 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributed earnings |
|
$ |
0.22 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Undistributed earnings |
|
|
(0.26 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
(0.04 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted EPS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributed earnings |
|
$ |
135.89 |
|
|
$ |
2.00 |
|
|
$ |
2.00 |
|
Undistributed earnings |
|
|
(40.64 |
) |
|
|
29.21 |
|
|
|
(6.20 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
95.25 |
|
|
$ |
31.21 |
|
|
$ |
(4.20 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributed earnings |
|
$ |
0.22 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Undistributed earnings |
|
|
(0.26 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
(0.04 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average Shares
outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic EPS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A |
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
Common |
|
|
3,103,847 |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted EPS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A |
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
Common |
|
|
3,103,959 |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
-88-
NATIONAL AMERICAN UNIVERSITY HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
(In thousands except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional |
|
|
|
|
|
|
other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
attributable to |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
Common |
|
|
paid-in |
|
|
Retained |
|
|
comprehensive |
|
|
Treasury |
|
|
non-controlling |
|
|
stockholders |
|
|
|
stock |
|
|
capital |
|
|
Earnings |
|
|
income |
|
|
stock |
|
|
interest |
|
|
equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance May 31, 2007 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
$ |
385 |
|
|
$ |
4,664 |
|
|
$ |
(89 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,869 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,008 |
) |
|
$ |
2,083 |
|
Dividends declared |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(57 |
) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(57 |
) |
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(420 |
) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
(383 |
) |
Unrealized gain on
investments |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance May 31, 2008 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
$ |
385 |
|
|
$ |
4,187 |
|
|
$ |
28 |
|
|
$ |
(1,869 |
) |
|
$ |
(971 |
) |
|
$ |
1,760 |
|
Dividends declared |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(57 |
) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(57 |
) |
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
3,121 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
3,108 |
|
Unrealized gain on
investments |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance May 31, 2009 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
$ |
385 |
|
|
$ |
7,251 |
|
|
$ |
109 |
|
|
$ |
(1,869 |
) |
|
$ |
(984 |
) |
|
$ |
4,892 |
|
Recapitalization of
Dlorah, Inc. |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
22,508 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
22,509 |
|
Retirement of treasury
stock |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(1,869 |
) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,869 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Merger costs associated
with reverse merger |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(3,365 |
) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(3,365 |
) |
Contributed capital from
non-controlling
interest
holders |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
685 |
|
|
|
685 |
|
Share based
compensation expense |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,507 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,507 |
|
Conversion of Class A
shares to common |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Dividends declared |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(14,897 |
) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(14,897 |
) |
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
10,035 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
10,039 |
|
Unrealized loss on
investments |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance May 31, 2010 |
|
$ |
2 |
|
|
$ |
19,165 |
|
|
$ |
2,389 |
|
|
$ |
96 |
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
$ |
(295 |
) |
|
$ |
21,357 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
-89-
NATIONAL AMERICAN UNIVERSITY HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
(In thousands except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
10,039 |
|
|
$ |
3,108 |
|
|
$ |
(383 |
) |
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash flows
provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
2,320 |
|
|
|
2,165 |
|
|
|
2,114 |
|
Gain on disposition of property and equipment |
|
|
(89 |
) |
|
|
(110 |
) |
|
|
(268 |
) |
Provision for uncollectable tuition |
|
|
2,355 |
|
|
|
1,638 |
|
|
|
1,357 |
|
Noncash compensation expense |
|
|
1,507 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
(453 |
) |
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
(342 |
) |
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts and other receivables |
|
|
(3,750 |
) |
|
|
(1,670 |
) |
|
|
(1,547 |
) |
Student notes |
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Bookstore inventory |
|
|
(316 |
) |
|
|
(54 |
) |
|
|
(164 |
) |
Prepaid and other current assets |
|
|
(1,179 |
) |
|
|
187 |
|
|
|
(164 |
) |
Condominium inventories |
|
|
756 |
|
|
|
529 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Accounts payable |
|
|
324 |
|
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
|
1,509 |
|
Deferred income |
|
|
(62 |
) |
|
|
103 |
|
|
|
71 |
|
Other long-term liabilities |
|
|
758 |
|
|
|
103 |
|
|
|
129 |
|
Income tax receivable/payable |
|
|
(320 |
) |
|
|
1,352 |
|
|
|
(39 |
) |
Accrued and other liabilities |
|
|
1,209 |
|
|
|
1,709 |
|
|
|
435 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by operating activities |
|
|
13,082 |
|
|
|
9,223 |
|
|
|
2,708 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of investments |
|
|
(16,397 |
) |
|
|
(2,100 |
) |
|
|
(549 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of investments |
|
|
9,687 |
|
|
|
941 |
|
|
|
1,579 |
|
Purchases of property and equipment |
|
|
(4,671 |
) |
|
|
(815 |
) |
|
|
(3,511 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment |
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
211 |
|
|
|
396 |
|
Payments (issuance) of student notes |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
(19 |
) |
Course development |
|
|
(346 |
) |
|
|
(220 |
) |
|
|
(188 |
) |
Construction of development property with line of credit
borrowings |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(452 |
) |
|
|
(3,879 |
) |
Other |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used in investing activities |
|
|
(11,567 |
) |
|
|
(2,412 |
) |
|
|
(6,172 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings on lines of credit |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2,650 |
|
|
|
2,985 |
|
Repayments of lines of credit |
|
|
(3,305 |
) |
|
|
(5,796 |
) |
|
|
(1,514 |
) |
Decrease in outstanding checks in excess of book balance |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
(1,040 |
) |
Borrowings of long-term debt |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
3,151 |
|
Repayments of long-term debt |
|
|
(8,654 |
) |
|
|
(2,660 |
) |
|
|
(1,990 |
) |
Construction of development property with line of credit
borrowings |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
452 |
|
|
|
3,879 |
|
Contributed capital by non-controlling interest holders |
|
|
685 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Cash received in reverse merger |
|
|
22,092 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Cash paid for merger costs |
|
|
(3,365 |
) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Dividends paid |
|
|
(3,781 |
) |
|
|
(57 |
) |
|
|
(57 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing
activities |
|
|
3,672 |
|
|
|
(5,411 |
) |
|
|
5,414 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(continued)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
-90-
NATIONAL AMERICAN UNIVERSITY HOLDINGS, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
(In thousands except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS |
|
$ |
5,187 |
|
|
$ |
1,400 |
|
|
$ |
1,950 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS Beginning of year |
|
|
3,508 |
|
|
|
2,108 |
|
|
|
158 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS End of period |
|
$ |
8,695 |
|
|
$ |
3,508 |
|
|
$ |
2,108 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest net of $0, $38, and $0 capitalized
during the years ended May 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively |
|
$ |
554 |
|
|
$ |
848 |
|
|
$ |
1,008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for income taxes |
|
$ |
7,884 |
|
|
$ |
254 |
|
|
$ |
150 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends declared, unpaid |
|
$ |
11,116 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(concluded)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
-91-
NATIONAL AMERICAN UNIVERSITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollar amounts, except share and per share, in thousands)
1. |
|
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES |
Nature of Operations National American University Holdings, Inc., formerly known as Camden
Learning Corporation (the Company), was incorporated in the State of Delaware on April 10,
2007. The Company was a special purpose acquisition company formed to serve as a vehicle for
the acquisition of an operating business. On November 23, 2009, Dlorah, Inc., a South Dakota
corporation (Dlorah), became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the Transaction),
pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization between the Company and Dlorah. In
connection with the Transaction, the stockholders of Dlorah received approximately 77% of the
equity of the Company, and Dlorah was deemed to be the acquirer for accounting purposes. The
Transaction has been accounted for as a reverse merger accompanied by a recapitalization. As a
result of the Transaction, the historical results of Dlorah became the historical results of the
Company. The accompanying consolidated balance sheet for the year ended May 31, 2009, and the
statements of operations, stockholders equity and cash flows for the years ended May 31, 2009
and 2008 have been updated to reflect the effects of the recapitalization on common stock,
stockholders equity accounts and earnings per share.
The Companys common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Market. The Company owns and operates
National American University (NAU or the University). NAU is a regionally accredited,
for-profit, multi-campus institution of higher learning, offering Associate, Bachelors and
Masters degree programs in business-related disciplines, such as accounting, applied
management, business administration and information technology, and in healthcare-related
disciplines, such as nursing and healthcare management. Courses are offered through educational
sites, as well as online via the Internet. Operations include educational sites located in
Colorado, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, New Mexico, South Dakota and Texas, and distance learning
operations and central administration offices located in Rapid City, South Dakota. A substantial
portion of NAUs academic income is dependent upon federal student financial aid programs,
employer tuition assistance, online learning programs and contracts to provide instruction and
course materials to other educational institutions. To maintain eligibility for financial aid
programs, NAU must comply with Department of Education requirements, which include, among other
items, the maintenance of certain financial ratios.
The Company, through its Fairway Hills real estate division, also manages apartment units and
develops and sells multi-family residential real estate in the Rapid City, South Dakota area.
Approximately 92%, 91% and 89% of the Companys total revenues for the years ended May 31, 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively were derived from NAUs academic revenue.
Principles of Consolidation The Companys fiscal year end is May 31. The Company
consolidates the accounts of all wholly owned divisions, including NAU, the Fairway Hills Park
and Recreational Association, the Park West Owners Association, the Vista Park
Owners Association, and the Companys interest in Fairway Hills Section III Partnership (the
Partnership). The Partnership is 50% owned by the Company and 50% owned by individual family
members, most of whom are also either direct or indirect stockholders of the Company. All
material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
-92-
The Partnership is deemed to be a variable interest entity (VIE) under Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 810-10, Consolidation.
An enterprise is required to consolidate a VIE if that enterprise is the primary beneficiary. An
enterprise is considered the primary beneficiary if it has a variable interest that will absorb
a majority of the entitys expected losses, receive a majority of the entitys expected residual
returns, or both.
The Company has determined that the Partnership qualifies as a VIE and that the Company is the
primary beneficiary of the Partnership. Accordingly, the Company consolidated assets,
liabilities, and net income of the Partnership within its consolidated balance sheets and
statements of operations. As of May 31, 2010 and 2009, the consolidated balance sheets include
Partnership assets of $1,107 and $1,230, respectively, and Partnership liabilities of $64 and
$1,022, respectively. The consolidated statements of operations included Partnership net income
(loss) of $8, $(26), and $74 for the years ended May 31 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with the United States
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the amounts and disclosures reported in the financial statements. On an ongoing
basis, the Company evaluates the estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue
recognition, bad debts, fixed assets, income taxes, benefit plans, and certain accruals. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with
original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash is held in bank
accounts that periodically exceed insured limits; however, no losses have occurred, and the
Company believes the risk of loss is not significant.
Investments The Companys investments consist of government-backed bonds and certificates of
deposit. The bonds are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities
represent securities carried at fair value in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Unrealized gains and losses on these securities are excluded from earnings and are reported net
of taxes as a separate component of stockholders equity. For purposes of calculating gross
realized gains and losses on sales of investments, the amortized cost of each investment sold is
used. The net realized gains and losses on sales of investments totaled $0 for each of the years
ended May 31, 2010 and 2009, and approximately $2 and $1 for the year ended May 31, 2008. The
net realized gain or loss is included in other income net in the accompanying consolidated
statements of operations.
The Companys investments were comprised of the following at May 31(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross |
|
|
Gross |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross |
|
|
Gross |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized |
|
|
Unrealized |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized |
|
|
Unrealized |
|
|
|
Fair |
|
|
Holding |
|
|
Holding |
|
|
Fair |
|
|
Holding |
|
|
Holding |
|
|
|
Value |
|
|
Gains |
|
|
Losses |
|
|
Value |
|
|
Gains |
|
|
Losses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury debt securities |
|
$ |
10,348 |
|
|
$ |
145 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2,373 |
|
|
$ |
143 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Certificates of deposit |
|
|
655 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,934 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other debt securities |
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
11,109 |
|
|
$ |
163 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
4,417 |
|
|
$ |
170 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-93-
As of May 31, 2010, the Companys investment maturity dates are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross |
|
|
Gross |
|
|
Gross |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized |
|
|
Unrealized |
|
|
Unrealized |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized |
|
|
Holding |
|
|
Holding Losses |
|
|
Holding Losses |
|
|
Fair |
|
|
|
Cost |
|
|
Gains |
|
|
< 1 Year |
|
|
> 1 Year |
|
|
Value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than one year |
|
$ |
8,626 |
|
|
$ |
13 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
8,639 |
|
One to five years |
|
|
2,320 |
|
|
|
150 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,470 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
10,946 |
|
|
$ |
163 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
11,109 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Declines in the fair value of individual securities classified as available-for-sale below their
amortized cost that are determined to be other than temporary result in write-downs of the
individual securities to their fair value, with the resulting write-downs included in current
earnings as realized losses. Unrealized losses that may occur are generally due to changes in
interest rates and, as such, are considered by the Company to be temporary. Management evaluates
securities for other-than-temporary impairment on at least a quarterly basis, and more
frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to
(1) length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the
financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the
Company to retain its investments in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any
anticipated recovery in fair value.
Student Accounts Receivable Student accounts receivable are recorded at estimated net
realizable value and are revised periodically based on estimated future collections. Interest
and service charges are applied to all past due student accounts receivable; however,
collections are first applied to principal balances until such time that the entire principal
balance has been received. Student accounts are charged off only when reasonable collection
means are exhausted. The University has determined that most accounts with an outstanding
balance of 180 days after the start of the term are uncollectible. Bad debt expense is included
in cost of educational services on the consolidated statements of operations.
Other Receivables Other receivables consist of institutional which are amounts due from other
educational institutions to which the University provides instruction and course materials and
are stated at net realizable value.
Bookstore Inventory Inventories consist mainly of textbooks and supplies. Inventories are
stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out method.
Property and Equipment Property and equipment are stated at cost. Renewals and improvements
are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred. Upon the retirement,
sale or disposition of assets, costs and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from
the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in operating income. For financial statement
purposes, depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated
useful lives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buildings and building improvements |
|
|
1940 |
|
Land improvements |
|
|
1020 |
|
Furniture, vehicles, and equipment |
|
|
515 |
|
For tax purposes, depreciation is computed using the straight-line and accelerated methods.
-94-
Property and equipment net consists of the following as of May 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land |
|
|
718 |
|
|
|
718 |
|
Land improvements |
|
|
374 |
|
|
|
374 |
|
Buildings and building improvements |
|
|
18,300 |
|
|
|
16,147 |
|
Furniture, vehicles, and equipment |
|
|
17,316 |
|
|
|
14,564 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross property and equipment |
|
|
36,708 |
|
|
|
31,803 |
|
Less Accumulated Depreciation |
|
|
(20,827 |
) |
|
|
(19,651 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net property and equipment |
|
$ |
15,881 |
|
|
$ |
12,152 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalized Course Development Costs The University internally develops curriculum and
electronic instructional materials for certain courses. The curriculum is primarily developed by
employees and contractors. The curriculum is integral to the learning system. Customers do not
acquire the curriculum or future rights to it.
The Company capitalizes course development costs. Costs that qualify for capitalization are
external direct costs, payroll, and payroll-related costs. Costs related to general and
administrative functions are not capitalizable and are expensed as incurred. Capitalization ends
at such time that the course and/or material is available for general use by faculty and
students. After becoming available for general use, the costs are amortized on a
course-by-course basis over a period of three to five years. After the amortization period
commences, the cost of maintenance and support is expensed as incurred. If it is determined that
the curriculum will not be used, the capitalized curriculum costs are written off and expensed
in the period of this determination.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when
circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. For assets that
are to be held and used, an impairment loss is recognized when the estimated undiscounted cash
flows associated with the asset or group of assets is less than their carrying value. If
impairment exists, an adjustment is made to write the asset down to its fair value, and a loss
is recorded as the difference between the carrying value and fair value. Fair values are
determined based on quoted market values, discounted cash flows, or internal and external
appraisals, as applicable. Assets to be held for sale are carried at the lower of carrying value
or fair value, less cost to sell. The Company had no impairments in 2010, 2009 or 2008
Condominium Inventory Condominium inventory is stated at cost (including capitalized
interest. Condominium construction costs are accumulated on a specific identification basis.
Under the specific identification basis, cost of revenues includes all applicable land
acquisition, land development and specific construction costs (including direct and indirect
costs) of each condominium paid to third parties. Land acquisition, land development and
condominium construction costs do not include employee related benefit costs. The specific
construction and allocated land costs of each condominium, including models, are included in
direct construction. Allocated land acquisition and development costs are estimated based on the
total costs expected in a project. Direct construction also includes amounts paid through the
closing date of the condominium for construction materials and contractor costs. Condominium
inventory is recorded as a long term asset due to the normal operating cycle being greater than
one year.
Deferred Income Taxes Deferred income taxes are provided using the asset and liability method
whereby deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary
differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the carrying amount of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
-95-
Non-Controlling Interest The non-controlling interest presented on the consolidated
statements of operations represents the individual owners share of the Partnerships income or
loss. The consolidated balance sheet amount Non-controlling interest represents the individual
owners share of the Partnership obligations in excess of Partnership assets. The Company has
determined the non-controlling owners to have a legal obligation to fund such deficits and
believes it is fully collectable at May 31, 2010.
Financial Instruments As of May 31, 2010 and 2009, the Companys financial instruments
consisted of cash equivalents, investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and long-term
liabilities. The fair value of fixed-rate liabilities is estimated based on current rates
offered to the Company for instruments with similar ratings and maturities. The difference
between the carrying value of these financial instruments and their fair value was not material
as of May 31, 2010 and 2009.
Academic Revenue Recognition Academic revenue represents tuition revenue and the revenue
generated through our affiliate relationships. Tuition revenue and affiliate revenue is recorded
ratably over the length of respective courses. Academic revenue also includes certain fees and
charges assessed at the start of each term. The portion of tuition and registration fees
payments received but not earned is recorded as student accounts payable and reflected as a
current liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as such amount represents
revenue that the Company expects to earn within the next year. Academic revenue is reported net
of adjustments for refunds and scholarships. If a student withdraws prior to the completion of
the academic term, students are refunded the portion of tuition and registration fees already
paid, that pursuant to the Companys refund policy and applicable federal and state law and
accrediting agency standards, the Company is not entitled to. Refunds and scholarships are
recorded during the respective terms.
Auxiliary Revenue Auxiliary revenue represents revenues from the Universitys food service,
bookstore, and dormitory operations. Revenue is recognized as items are sold and services are
performed.
Rental Income Rental income is primarily obtained from tenants of three apartment complexes
under short-term operating leases. Tenants are required to pay rent on a monthly basis. Rent not
paid by the end of the month is considered past due, while rent paid in advance is included in
deferred income on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. If a tenant becomes 60 days
past due, eviction procedures are started.
Rental Expense The University accounts for rent expense under its long-term operating leases
using the straight-line method. Certain of the Universitys operating leases contain rent
escalator provisions. Accordingly, a $2,380 and $663, deferred rent and tenant improvement
liability at May 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, is recorded in other long-term liabilities on
the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Advertising The University follows the policy of expensing the cost of advertising as
incurred. Advertising costs of $7,614, $6,151 and $5,339 for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively,
are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses on the accompanying consolidated
statements of operations.
Business Expansion and Development The University continues to commit resources to the
development of new branch campuses and new programs, as well as the expansion of existing
programs into new markets. During the year ended May 31, 2010, the University continued to
develop a campus in the state of Texas, additional hybrid learning centers in Lees Summit,
Missouri; Minnetonka, Minnesota; Denver, Colorado; Dallas, Texas; Wichita,
Kansas; and Colorado Springs, Colorado and continued to develop and expand the nursing and
distance learning programs. Business expansion and development costs include salaries, marketing
and advertising, and other third-party expenses incurred to support such development and
expansion. The amounts are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations and totaled $6,529, $3,241 and $4,758 in
2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
-96-
Certain items have been reclassified within operating expenses in the 2009 and 2008 statements
of operations in order to conform with the 2010 presentation. Specifically, rent expense (which
included rent, common area maintenance (CAM) fees, and property taxes) was reclassified from
selling, general and administrative to cost of education. The reclassification totaled $4,582
and $4,259 in 2009 and 2008, respectively. There was no impact to operating income or net
income (loss) as previously reported.
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by
the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the applicable period.
Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that could occur assuming vesting,
conversion or exercise of all dilutive unexercised warrants and restricted stock. As described
in Note 11, the Company had one class of common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2010. The class
A stock was converted to common stock on May 27, 2010; however, due to the limited number of
days between the conversion and the end of the year, the Company utilized the two class method
to calculate and report earnings per share for each class of stock for 2010. For purposes of
calculating basic and diluted earnings per share, undistributed earnings are allocated to the
Class A stock and common stock based on the proportion of weighted average outstanding shares of
each class of stock for the year ending May 31. During the periods shown below in 2009 and
2008, only one class of common stock was outstanding and there were no dilutive securities
outstanding.
-97-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year |
|
|
|
ended May 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Numerator: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
10,035,000 |
|
|
|
3,121,000 |
|
|
|
(420,000 |
) |
Distributed earnings (DE) |
|
|
14,900,751 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
Undistributed earnings (UE) |
|
|
(4,865,751 |
) |
|
|
2,921,000 |
|
|
|
(620,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UE attributable to Class A basic |
|
|
(4,063,868 |
) |
|
|
2,921,000 |
|
|
|
(620,000 |
) |
UE attributable to Common basic |
|
|
(801,883 |
) |
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
DE attributable to Class A basic |
|
|
13,588,792 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A shares basic and diluted |
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
Weighted average shares
outstanding used to compute basic net
income per common share |
|
|
3,103,847 |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
Effect of Unvested compensatory
restricted shares |
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Shares used to compute
diluted net income per share |
|
|
3,103,959 |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income per Class A share |
|
|
95.25 |
|
|
|
31.21 |
|
|
|
(4.20 |
) |
Basic net loss per Common share |
|
|
(0.04 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income per Class A share |
|
|
95.25 |
|
|
|
31.21 |
|
|
|
(4.20 |
) |
Diluted net loss per Common share |
|
|
(0.04 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding warrants of 2,800,000 were not included in the computation of diluted net income per
common share in 2010 because their effect would be antidilutive.
4. |
|
RECENTLY ADOPTED AND NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS |
In June 2009, the FASB issued a new standard to update FASB ASC Topic 810, Consolidation. This
standard is intended to improve financial reporting by enterprises involved with VIEs. This
standard is effective as of the beginning of each reporting entitys first annual reporting
period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within the first annual
reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. This will be
effective for the Companys fiscal year beginning June 1, 2010. The Company is evaluating the
impact of this statement on its consolidated financial statements and does not expect a material
impact as a result of adoption of this standard.
-98-
In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2010-06 Fair Value Measurement and
Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. This guidance
provides for the following new required disclosures related to fair value measurements: 1) the
amounts of and reasons for significant transfers in and out of level one and level two inputs
and 2) separate presentation of purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis
rather than as one net number for level three reconciliations. The guidance also clarifies
existing disclosures as follows: 1) provide fair value measurement disclosures for each class of
assets and liabilities and 2) provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used
for both recurring and nonrecurring level two or level three inputs. The new disclosures and
clarifications of existing disclosures were effective for the Companys fourth quarter ended May
31, 2010. Disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of
activity for level three fair value measurements will be effective for the Companys fourth
quarter ended May 31, 2011. The Company has adopted this standard, but it did not have a
material effect on the Companys financial statements.
In June 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Subsequent Events (Topic 855) which
established general standards of accounting for an disclosure of events that occur after the
balance sheet date, but before the financial statements are issued or available to be issued.
This Standard is effective for financial periods ending after June 30, 2009. Then in February
2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2010-09 Subsequent Events (Topic 855):
Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements. This standard eliminates the
requirement of an SEC filer to disclose the date through which subsequent events have been
evaluated. The Company has adopted the new and updated standard and it did not have a material
effect on the Companys consolidated balance sheet or required financial statement disclosures.
5. |
|
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS |
The University extends unsecured credit to a portion of the students who are enrolled throughout
the campuses for tuition and other educational costs. A substantial portion of credit extended
to students is repaid through the students participation in various federal financial aid
programs authorized by Title IV Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (HEA). The University
is required under 34 CFR 600.5(d) to maintain at least 10% of its revenues from non-Title IV HEA
program funds. The University believes they are in compliance with this requirement for the
years ended May 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 as shown in the underlying calculation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title IV HEA
funds received |
|
|
58,250,685 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,877,405 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,016,817 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Academic revenue
(cash basis) |
|
|
76,545,809 |
|
|
|
=76.10 |
% |
|
|
55,733,845 |
|
|
|
=71.55 |
% |
|
|
44,371,114 |
|
|
|
=67.65 |
% |
To participate in Title IV Programs, a school must be authorized to offer its programs of
instruction by relevant state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by the DOE, and be certified as an eligible institution by the DOE. For this reason,
the schools are subject to extensive regulatory requirements imposed by all of these entities.
After the schools receive the required certifications by the appropriate entities, the schools
must demonstrate their compliance with the DOE regulations of the Title IV Programs on an
ongoing basis. Included in these regulations is the requirement that the Company must satisfy
specific standards of financial responsibility. The DOE evaluates institutions for compliance
with these standards each year, based upon the institutions annual audited financial
statements, as well as following a change in ownership of the institution. Under regulations
which took effect July 1, 1998, the DOE calculates the institutions composite score for
financial responsibility based on its (i) equity ratio, which measures the institutions capital
resources, ability to borrow and financial viability; (ii) primary reserve ratio, which measures
the institutions ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and (iii) net
income ratio, which measures the institutions ability to operate at a profit. This composite
score can range from -1 to +3.
-99-
An institution that does not meet the DOEs minimum composite score requirements of 1.5 may
establish its financial responsibility by posting a letter of credit or complying with
additional monitoring procedures as defined by the DOE. Based on the consolidated financial
statements for the 2010, 2009, and 2008 fiscal years, the Universitys calculations result in a
composite score of 2.4, 1.6, and 0.5, respectively. Therefore the University currently meets the
minimum composite score requirement as most recently required by the DOE.
During the year ended May 31, 2010, the Company utilized reserved cash to pay all outstanding
debt in full as the secondary offering did not close until June 1, 2010. At May 31, 2010 and
2009, long-term debt consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes Payable |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
Note payable to Great Western Bank; matures February 2014;
requires monthly payments of $42, including principal and interest;
accrues interest at 6.45%; secured by real estate and personally
guaranteed by a Company stockholder. |
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
$ |
3,582 |
|
Note payable to Wells Fargo Bank; matures June 1, 2011; requires
monthly payments of $30 including principal and interest;
accrues interest at 6%; secured by cash, savings, and investment
accounts held at Wells Fargo Bank. |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
714 |
|
Note payable to Great Western Bank; matures March 26, 2012;
requires monthly payments of $19, including principal and interest;
accrues interest at a variable rate (a) (3.25% at May 31, 2009);
secured by substantially all assets of NAU and personally
guaranteed by a Company stockholder. |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
611 |
|
Note payable to Great Western Bank; matures November 28, 2012;
requires monthly payments of $13, including principal and interest;
accrues interest at a variable rate (a) (4% at May 31, 2009); secured
by substantially all assets of NAU and personally guaranteed by a
Company stockholder. |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
499 |
|
Note payable to Great Western Bank; matures August 17, 2011;
requires monthly payments of $15, including principal and interest;
accrues interest at a variable rate (a) (5% at May 31, 2009); secured
by substantially all assets of NAU and personally guaranteed by a
Company stockholder. |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
364 |
|
Note payable to Great Western Bank; matures May 18, 2011;
requires monthly payments of $13, including principal and interest;
accrues interest at a variable rate (a) (3.25% at May 31, 2009);
secured by substantially all assets of NAU and personally guaranteed
by a Company stockholder. |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
264 |
|
(continued)
-100-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes Payable |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
Note payable to Great Western Bank; matured on May 18, 2010;
requires monthly payments of $16, including principal and interest;
accrues interest at a variable rate (a) (3.25% at May 31, 2009);
secured by substantially all assets of NAU and personally
guaranteed
by a Company stockholder. |
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
$ |
175 |
|
Note payable to Great Western Bank; matures on December 8, 2010;
requires monthly payments of $10, including principal and interest;
accrues interest at a variable rate (a) (4% interest at May 31,
2009);
secured by substantially all assets of NAU and personally
guaranteed
by a Company stockholder. |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
177 |
|
Note payable to Great Western Bank; matures on September 25,
2010; requires monthly payments of $9, including principal and
interest; accrues interest at a variable rate (a) (3.25% at May 31,
2009); secured by substantially all assets of NAU and personally
guaranteed by a Company stockholder. |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
137 |
|
Note payable to Great Western Bank; matured on June 2, 2010;
requires monthly payments of $2, including principal and interest;
accrues interest at a variable rate (a) (3.25% at May 31, 2009);
secured by substantially all assets of NAU and personally
guaranteed
by a Company stockholder. |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
Notes payable to related parties |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,147 |
|
Other notes payable |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
960 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
8,654 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less current portion |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2,147 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term
portion |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
6,507 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Variable rates are based on prime rate plus an adjustment, which is specific to each note
payable agreement. |
(concluded)
The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants at May 31, 2009.
The University maintains a $2,000 revolving line of credit with Great Western Bank that matures
in September 2010. Advances under the line bear interest at a variable rate based on prime (5%
at May 31, 2010) and are secured by substantially all assets of the University and the personal
guarantee of a Company shareholder. No advances had been made on this line of credit at May 31,
2010 or 2009.
The University also has available an additional $3,000 line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank that
matures in April 2011. Advances under the line bear interest at a variable rate based on prime
(4.50% at May 31, 2010) and are secured by checking, savings, and investment accounts held by
Wells Fargo Bank. No advances had been made on this line of credit at May 31, 2010 or 2009.
During 2009, the Company utilized a line of credit with Great Western Bank to fund the
construction of a new building (see Note 15). The line of credit had borrowings of $3,305 at
May 31, 2009, and was paid in full and closed during the year ended May 31, 2010.
-101-
The University leases building facilities for branch operations and equipment for classroom
operations under operating leases with various terms and conditions. Total rent expense for the
years ended May 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, was $3,752, $3,506 and $3,542, respectively.
Future minimum lease payments on noncancelable operating leases for the five years ending May 31
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
$ |
3,898 |
|
2012 |
|
|
3,571 |
|
2013 |
|
|
3,365 |
|
2014 |
|
|
3,374 |
|
2015 |
|
|
3,345 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
17,489 |
|
Components of the provision for income taxes for the years ended May 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current tax expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
$ |
6,116 |
|
|
$ |
1,562 |
|
|
$ |
108 |
|
State |
|
|
780 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,896 |
|
|
|
1,605 |
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax expense (benefit): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
|
(382 |
) |
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
(320 |
) |
State |
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(411 |
) |
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
(342 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total tax expense (benefit) |
|
$ |
6,485 |
|
|
$ |
1,797 |
|
|
$ |
(231 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The effective tax rate varies from the statutory federal income tax rate for the following
reasons:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statutory |
|
|
34.0 |
% |
|
|
34.0 |
% |
|
|
34.0 |
% |
State income taxes net of federal benefit |
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
3.0 |
|
Permanent differences |
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate |
|
|
39.3 |
% |
|
|
36.6 |
% |
|
|
37.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-102-
Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying
amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for
income tax purposes. Significant components of the Companys deferred assets (liabilities) as of
May 31 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Account receivable allowances |
|
$ |
96 |
|
|
$ |
63 |
|
Bad debt write-offs |
|
|
594 |
|
|
|
411 |
|
Charitable contributions |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
135 |
|
Accrued salaries |
|
|
1,226 |
|
|
|
619 |
|
Start up costs |
|
|
411 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Deferred rent |
|
|
869 |
|
|
|
239 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred income tax assets |
|
|
3,196 |
|
|
|
1,467 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed assets and course development |
|
|
(2,482 |
) |
|
|
(1,680 |
) |
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
(236 |
) |
|
|
(139 |
) |
Other |
|
|
(55 |
) |
|
|
(61 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred income tax liabilities |
|
|
(2,773 |
) |
|
|
(1,880 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities) |
|
$ |
423 |
|
|
$ |
(413 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has complied with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, formerly FIN No. 48, Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, which requires that
income tax positions must be more likely than not to be sustained based solely on their
technical merits in order to be recognized. The Company has recorded no liability for uncertain
tax positions. The Company has elected to record interest and penalties from unrecognized tax
benefits in the tax provision.
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states.
Because of closure of an Internal Revenue Service examination, the Company is no longer subject
to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years before 2007 and, generally, is no longer
subject to state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2005.
10. |
|
EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION PLANS |
Employee Benefit Plan Payable The Company sponsors a 401(k) plan for its University
employees, which provides for a discretionary match, net of forfeitures, of up to 5%. The
University uses certain consistently applied operating ratios to determine contributions. The
Universitys contributions were $447, $364 and $207 for the years ended May 31, 2010, 2009, and
2008, respectively.
Compensation Plans The Company had entered into an employment agreement dated January 3,
2005, as amended, with Robert Buckingham, an executive officer of the Company. The agreement
required, among other things, an annual incentive payment of 10% of the Companys annual income
as defined in the agreement, which was paid out annually. For the years ended May 31, 2010, 2009
and 2008, the Company recorded $793, $709 and $193, respectively, as an expense in selling,
general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Furthermore, the agreement provided for a deferred compensation payment payable upon retirement
or death equal to one years salary.
On March 19, 2010, the Company entered into a Termination of Employment Agreement and Release
Agreement (the Termination Agreement). Under the Termination Agreement, the parties terminated
the Employment Agreement, which contained the terms and conditions of Mr. Buckinghams
employment with the Company as an executive officer of the Company, and which was filed as an
exhibit to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K on November 30, 2009. Accrued incentive
payments and accrued deferred compensation totaled $821 and $153 at May 31, 2009 and $286 and
$142 at May 31, 2008, respectively.
-103-
The Company has also entered into employment agreements with Dr. Ronald Shape, Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and Dr. Jerry Gallentine, President, that require, among
other things, an annual incentive payment, as defined in the agreements. The incentive payments
are paid in installments each year, are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses
and accrued other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, and total
$749, $338 and $19 for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The authorized capital stock for the Company is 51,000,000, consisting of (i) 50,000,000 shares
of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 and (ii) 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value
$0.0001. Authorized Class A Common Stock of 100,000 shares, par value $0.0001, were converted
to Common Stock during the year ended May 31, 2010 at a rate of 157.3 shares of Common Stock for
each share of Class A Common Stock.
Of the authorized shares, 21,819,653 shares of Common Stock were issued and outstanding as of
May 31, 2010. No shares of Preferred Stock were outstanding.
The
Common Stock outstanding includes 15,730,000 shares of Common Stock
converted from Class A Common Stock. Also included are 250,000 shares of restricted Common Stock issued to
the former Dlorah stockholders, and the 575,000 shares of restricted Common Stock issued to
Camden Learning LLC, in connection with the Transaction. The restriction lapsed on March 23,
2010, when the Companys Common Stock traded at or above $8.00 for 60 consecutive days. The
Common Stock outstanding also includes 246,048 shares of restricted
Common Stock issued to our management and directors, 221,048 of which were
granted under the Companys 2009 Stock Option and Compensation Plan (the Plan), and 25,000
shares of restricted Common Stock granted to the Companys Chief Executive Officer outside of
the Plan. The remaining 5,018,605 shares of Common Stock that were issued and outstanding as of May 31, 2010 were issued and outstanding as of the closing
of the Transaction.
Also, in connection with the Transaction, the former Dlorah stockholders were issued, in the
aggregate, warrants to purchase up to 2,800,000 shares of Common Stock at $5.50 per share that
will expire if not converted by November 23, 2011. These warrants contain a cashless exercise
feature. These warrants remained outstanding and have not been exercised as of May 31, 2010.
The Company also granted restricted stock awards in November 2009, December 2009, and March 2010
to promote the long-term interests of the Company and its stockholders by using such awards as a
means for attracting and retaining directors and key employees. The fair value of restricted
stock awards were calculated using the Companys stock price as of the associated grant date and
accrued ratably as compensation expense over the vesting period of the award. The amounts
recognized in compensation expense were $1,507 for the year ended May 31, 2010. Federal and
state payroll taxes totaling $600 related to these awards were also included in compensation
expense for 2010. As of May 31, 2010 there was $807 of total unrecognized compensation cost
related to the restricted stock awards discussed above that will be recognized over a period
extending to May 31, 2012.
On March 19, 2010, the Company issued to the Companys Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, 50,000 shares of restricted Common Stock under the Plan and an additional
25,000 shares of restricted Common Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award Agreement dated
March 19, 2009. These shares, which vest over a three-year period if certain performance
criteria are satisfied, were issued in connection with the forfeiture of 75,000
shares of restricted Common Stock previously granted to one individual under the Plan on
November 30, 2009.
-104-
On March 19, 2010, the Company issued to the Companys President, 12,500 shares of restricted
Common Stock under the Plan. These shares, which vest over a three-year period if certain
performance criteria are satisfied, were issued in connection with the forfeiture of 12,500
shares of restricted Common Stock previously granted to this individual under the Plan on
November 30, 2009.
Restricted Share Awards
The following table summarizes restricted share award activity under all plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date |
|
Restricted Shares Outstanding |
|
Shares |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
Balance, June 1, 2009 |
|
|
0 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Granted |
|
|
308,548 |
|
|
|
8.95 |
|
Vested |
|
|
(110,715 |
) |
|
|
10.22 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(87,500 |
) |
|
|
7.75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, May 31, 2010 |
|
|
110,333 |
|
|
$ |
8.64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends
The holders of Class A Common Stock were entitled to a quarterly dividend equal to $0.11 per
quarter (for a total of $0.44 per year) per share of the Common Stock into which such Class A
Common Stock was convertible, paid when and if declared by the Board of Directors for 8
installments in accordance with the merger agreement for the Transaction. If a dividend is paid
on the Class A Common Stock, a dividend equal to one-fourth of the per share amount of any Class
A Common Stock dividend paid also had to be paid to holders of Common Stock. A dividend
totaling $1,896 was declared on November 30, 2009, and $1,868 was paid in January and February
2010. A dividend totaling $1,896 was declared on January 27, 2010 and $1,868 was paid in March
2010. On May 10, 2010, the Company issued a press release to announce that on April 26, 2010,
its Board of Directors declared, subject to the satisfaction of the condition set forth below, a
one-time special cash dividend in the amount of $0.1609694 per share on each share of the
Companys Common Stock and in the amount of $0.6438774 per share on each share of the Companys
Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Class A Common Stock, in each case all shares
outstanding and of record as of the close of business on May 20, 2010. This special dividend
totaled $11,116 of which $11,108 was paid on June 4, 2010 with the difference related to the
restricted shares which will be payable once the restrictions lapse. Therefore, all 8
installments of the dividends in accordance with the merger agreement for the Transaction have
been declared and paid.
12. |
|
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES |
From time to time, the Company is a party to various claims, proceedings, or lawsuits relating
to the conduct of its business. Although the outcome of litigation cannot be predicted with
certainty and some lawsuits, claims, or proceedings may be disposed of unfavorably to the
Company, management believes, based on facts presently known, that the outcome of such legal
proceedings and claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Companys consolidated
financial position, cash flows or future results of operations.
-105-
The Company is subject to extensive regulation by federal and state governmental agencies and
accrediting bodies. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates the results of internal
compliance monitoring activities and those of applicable regulatory agencies and, when
appropriate, records liabilities to provide for the estimated costs of any necessary
remediation. There are no current outstanding regulatory actions, but the Company cannot predict
the outcome of future program reviews and any unfavorable outcomes could have a material adverse
effect on the results of the Companys results of operations, cash flows, and financial
position.
13. |
|
SELF-INSURED HEALTH INSURANCE |
The Company maintains a self-insured health insurance plan for employees. Under this plan, the
Company pays a monthly fee to their administrator, as well as claims submitted by their
participants. As there generally is a lag between the time a claim is incurred by a
participant and the time the claim is submitted, the Company has recorded a liability for
outstanding claims of approximately $311 and $422 at May 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Such
liability is reported with accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets. At May 31, 2010, the Companys maximum aggregate risk was approximately $2,282. The
maximum specific risk per participant is $50 per year, although total risk for all
participants will not exceed the noted maximum aggregate risk for the year.
14. |
|
RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS |
The Company is required under 34 CFR668.23(d) to disclose all related-party transactions (as
defined within the regulation) regardless of materiality to the consolidated financial
statements. As described in Note 6, certain notes payable were personally guaranteed by a
stockholder of the Company and notes payable were due to stockholders and related parties at May
31, 2010 and 2009, of $0 and $1,147, respectively. In addition, rent totaling $1.0 per month was
paid to related parties for home office space under month-to-month leases in 2009 and 2008, and
$0.5 per month was paid in 2010. All other related-party transactions were intercompany amounts
that are eliminated in consolidation.
During 2008, the Company broke ground on a new building designed to contain 24 condominium units
to be sold to the general public. The project was funded by a construction line of credit and
was completed in 2009. These condominium units are accounted for within condominium inventories
within the consolidated balance sheets, and the sales of the condominium units are recorded
within condominium sales within the consolidated statements of operations. Seven units have been
sold as of May 31, 2010.
In addition, five units of an existing 48-unit apartment building have been sold as
condominiums, with the remaining units available for sale or lease. These condominium units are
accounted for within net property and equipment within the consolidated balance sheets, and the
sales of the condominium units are recorded within other income net within the consolidated
statements of operations.
16. |
|
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS |
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to
transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset
or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.
Following is a description of each category in the fair value hierarchy and the financial assets
and liabilities of the Company that are included in each category at May 31, 2010 and 2009:
Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. The types of
assets and liabilities included in Level 1 are highly liquid and actively traded instruments
with quoted market prices.
-106-
Level 2 Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets
or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are
observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of
the assets or liabilities. The type of assets and liabilities included in Level 2 are typically
either comparable to actively traded securities or contracts or priced with models using
observable inputs.
Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are
significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. The type of assets and liabilities
included in Level 3 are those with inputs requiring significant management judgment or
estimation. The Company does not have any Level 3 assets or liabilities.
In accordance with the fair value hierarchy, the following table shows the fair value as of May
31, 2010 and 2009, of those financial assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring
basis, according to the valuation techniques the Company used to determine their fair market
value. No other financial assets or liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring or
nonrecurring basis at May 31, 2010 or 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prices in |
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active |
|
|
Observable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markets |
|
|
Inputs |
|
|
Unobservable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Level 1) |
|
|
(Level 2) |
|
|
Inputs (Level 3) |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
May 31, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cds and money market accounts |
|
$ |
1,547 |
|
|
$ |
411 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,958 |
|
US treasury bills and notes |
|
|
10,456 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,456 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets at fair value |
|
$ |
12,003 |
|
|
$ |
411 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
12,414 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cds and money market accounts |
|
$ |
1,816 |
|
|
$ |
231 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2,047 |
|
US treasury bills and notes |
|
|
2,483 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,483 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets at fair value |
|
$ |
4,299 |
|
|
$ |
231 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
4,530 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In August 2009, the Company, then known as Camden Learning Corporation, and Dlorah entered into
an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, under which the Company agreed to purchase all of the
ownership interests in Dlorah for cash and stock.
In connection with the approval of the Transaction, the Companys stockholders adopted an
amendment to its amended and restated articles of incorporation (i) to change the Companys
corporate name to National American University Holdings, Inc., (ii) to create a new class of
common stock to be designated as Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the Class A
Stock), (iii) to increase the Companys authorized capital stock from 21,000,000 shares
consisting of 20,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the Common
Stock), and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the Preferred
Stock), to 51,100,000 shares, consisting of 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, 100,000 shares
of Class A Stock, and 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, and (iv) to remove the provisions
related to the Companys status as a blank check company, including, among other things, the
classification of the board of directors, and to make the Companys corporate existence
perpetual. Furthermore, the Companys stockholders adopted the 2009 Stock Option and
Compensation Plan (the Incentive Plan) pursuant to which the Company reserved 1,300,000 shares
of Common Stock for issuance pursuant to the Incentive Plan.
-107-
The Transaction closed on November 23, 2009, and on that date, Dlorah became a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Company. The stockholders of Dlorah received shares and warrants representing
approximately 77% of the Companys issued capital shares. The Transaction was accounted for as
a reverse merger accompanied by a recapitalization of the Company. Under this accounting
method, Dlorah was considered the acquirer for accounting purposes because it obtained effective
control of the Company as a result of the acquisition. This determination was primarily based
on the following facts: Dlorahs retention of a significant voting interest in the Company;
Dlorahs appointment of a majority of the members of the Companys initial board of directors;
Dlorahs operations comprising the ongoing operations of the Company; and Dlorahs senior
management serving as the senior management of the Company. Under this method of accounting,
the recognition and measurement provisions of the accounting guidance for business combinations
do not apply and therefore, the Company did not recognize goodwill or other intangible assets.
Instead, the Transaction has been treated as the equivalent of Dlorah issuing stock for the net
monetary assets of the Company, primarily cash, which are stated at their carrying value.
Because of the reverse merger, the historical results represent those of Dlorah.
At the time of the Transaction, all the issued and outstanding equity interests of Dlorah were
automatically converted into the right to receive (i) 100,000 shares of Class A Stock,
automatically convertible after two years (or earlier if elected by the stockholders, which was
done in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010) into 15,730,000 shares of the Common Stock at a
ratio of 157.3 shares of Common Stock for every one share of Class A Stock, (ii) 2,800,000 newly
issued common stock purchase warrants (the Warrants) at a purchase price of $5.50 per share,
and (iii) 250,000 shares of Restricted Common Stock that are not freely tradable until such time
as the Common Stock trades at or above $8.00 per share for any 60 consecutive trading day
period, provided that such shares shall be forfeited on the fifth anniversary of the date of
issuance if such restriction has not been satisfied by then. This restriction lapsed on March
23, 2010.
Additionally, the Company has entered into an employment agreement with its chairman of the
board of directors through December 2011, which was later terminated (see Note 10).
-108-
Operating segments are defined as business areas or lines of an enterprise about which financial
information is available and evaluated on a regular basis by the chief operating decision
makers, or decision-making groups, in deciding how to allocate capital and other resources to
such lines of business.
The Company operates two operating and reportable segments: National American University (NAU)
and other. The NAU segment contains the revenues and expenses associated with the university
operations and the allocated portion of corporate overhead. The other segment contains
everything else. These operating segments are divisions of the Company for which separate
financial information is available and evaluated regularly by executive management in deciding
how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.
General administrative costs of the Company are allocated to specific divisions of the Company.
The majority of the Companys revenue is derived from the NAU division, which provides
undergraduate and graduate education programs. NAU derives its revenue primarily from student
tuition. The other division operates multiple apartment and condominium complexes and derives
its revenues primarily from condominium sales and rental income (in thousands).
-109-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
|
NAU |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Total |
|
|
NAU |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Academic revenue |
|
$ |
82,418 |
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
$ |
82,418 |
|
|
$ |
56,874 |
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
$ |
56,874 |
|
Auxiliary revenue |
|
|
5,528 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
5,528 |
|
|
|
4,036 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
4,036 |
|
Rental income apartments |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
918 |
|
|
|
918 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
890 |
|
|
|
890 |
|
Condominium sales |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
932 |
|
|
|
932 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
784 |
|
|
|
784 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue |
|
|
87,946 |
|
|
|
1,850 |
|
|
|
89,796 |
|
|
|
60,910 |
|
|
|
1,674 |
|
|
|
62,584 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs of
educational services(1) |
|
|
20,419 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
20,419 |
|
|
|
17,398 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
17,398 |
|
Selling, general and administrative(1) |
|
|
48,238 |
|
|
|
1,648 |
|
|
|
49,886 |
|
|
|
36,349 |
|
|
|
1,277 |
|
|
|
37,626 |
|
Auxiliary expense |
|
|
2,076 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
2,076 |
|
|
|
1,595 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,595 |
|
Cost of condominium sales |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
761 |
|
|
|
761 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
558 |
|
|
|
558 |
|
Loss of disposition of property |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
70,762 |
|
|
|
2,409 |
|
|
|
73,171 |
|
|
|
55,345 |
|
|
|
1,835 |
|
|
|
57,180 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations |
|
|
17,184 |
|
|
|
(559 |
) |
|
|
16,625 |
|
|
|
5,565 |
|
|
|
(161 |
) |
|
|
5,404 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
242 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
242 |
|
Interest expense (2) |
|
|
(125 |
) |
|
|
(400 |
) |
|
|
(525 |
) |
|
|
(375 |
) |
|
|
(459 |
) |
|
|
(834 |
) |
Other income net |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
218 |
|
|
|
218 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense |
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
(176 |
) |
|
|
(101 |
) |
|
|
(133 |
) |
|
|
(366 |
) |
|
|
(499 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before taxes |
|
$ |
17,259 |
|
|
$ |
(735 |
) |
|
$ |
16,524 |
|
|
$ |
5,432 |
|
|
$ |
(527 |
) |
|
$ |
4,905 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
33,085 |
|
|
$ |
14,201 |
|
|
$ |
47,286 |
|
|
$ |
20,620 |
|
|
$ |
8,245 |
|
|
$ |
28,865 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenditures for long-lived assets (3) |
|
$ |
3,385 |
|
|
$ |
1,286 |
|
|
$ |
4,671 |
|
|
$ |
764 |
|
|
$ |
503 |
|
|
$ |
1,267 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
$ |
1,811 |
|
|
$ |
509 |
|
|
$ |
2,320 |
|
|
$ |
1,830 |
|
|
$ |
335 |
|
|
$ |
2,165 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
As discussed in Note 2, $4,582 and $4,259 of rent expense have been reclassified from selling,
general, and administrative to cost of educational services to conform to the current presentation.
A portion of these amounts were previously allocated to the Other segment in error. As such, the
amounts for 2009 and 2008 have been restated to properly reflect the entire balance within the NAU
segment. |
|
(2) |
|
An error in the allocation of $62 of interest expense to the NAU operating segment has been
corrected to present the interest expense in the Other operating segment. |
|
(3) |
|
The amount for 2009 and 2008 was restated to reflect actual cash paid rather than captial
additions, as was previously presented in prior period financial statements. |
-110-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated |
|
|
|
NAU |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Academic revenue |
|
$ |
44,218 |
|
|
$ |
0 |
|
|
$ |
44,218 |
|
Auxiliary revenue |
|
|
4,062 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
4,062 |
|
Rental income apartments |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
782 |
|
|
|
782 |
|
Condominium sales |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
395 |
|
|
|
395 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue |
|
|
48,280 |
|
|
|
1,177 |
|
|
|
49,457 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs of educational services (1) |
|
|
15,130 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
15,130 |
|
Selling, general and administrative (1) |
|
|
30,857 |
|
|
|
1,785 |
|
|
|
32,642 |
|
Auxiliary expense |
|
|
1,523 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1,523 |
|
Cost of condominium sales |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
122 |
|
Loss of disposition of property |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
47,515 |
|
|
|
1,907 |
|
|
|
49,422 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations |
|
|
765 |
|
|
|
(730 |
) |
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
282 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
282 |
|
Interest expense (2) |
|
|
(762 |
) |
|
|
(261 |
) |
|
|
(1,023 |
) |
Other income net |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense |
|
|
(479 |
) |
|
|
(170 |
) |
|
|
(649 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before taxes |
|
$ |
286 |
|
|
$ |
(900 |
) |
|
$ |
(614 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenditures for long-lived assets (3) |
|
$ |
3,202 |
|
|
$ |
4,188 |
|
|
$ |
7,390 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
$ |
1,783 |
|
|
$ |
331 |
|
|
$ |
2,114 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
As discussed in Note 2, $4,582 and $4,259 of rent expense have been reclassified from selling,
general, and administrative to cost of educational services to conform to the current presentation.
A portion of these amounts were previously allocated to the Other segment in error. As such, the
amounts for 2009 and 2008 have been restated to properly reflect the entire balance within the NAU
segment. |
|
(2) |
|
An error in the allocation of
$84 of interest expense to the NAU operating segment has been
corrected to present the interest expense in the Other operating segment. |
|
(3) |
|
The amount for 2009 and 2008 was restated to reflect actual cash paid rather than captial
additions, as was previously presented in prior period financial statements. |
-111-
19. |
|
SUMMARIZED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) |
The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly financial information for the last
eight quarters:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
|
First |
|
|
Second |
|
|
Third |
|
|
Fourth |
|
Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
12,117 |
|
|
$ |
15,593 |
|
|
$ |
16,517 |
|
|
$ |
18,357 |
|
Income from operations |
|
$ |
(533 |
) |
|
$ |
2,165 |
|
|
$ |
1,848 |
|
|
$ |
1,924 |
|
Net income (loss) |
|
|
(318 |
) |
|
|
1,274 |
|
|
|
1,057 |
|
|
|
1,095 |
|
Net income (loss) attributable to
NAUH and Subs |
|
|
(378 |
) |
|
|
1,302 |
|
|
|
1,081 |
|
|
|
1,116 |
|
Net income per share (common): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic undistributed |
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
Diluted undistributed |
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter |
|
|
|
First |
|
|
Second |
|
|
Third |
|
|
Fourth |
|
Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
17,264 |
|
|
$ |
23,437 |
|
|
$ |
23,610 |
|
|
$ |
25,485 |
|
Income from operations |
|
$ |
2,252 |
|
|
$ |
6,299 |
|
|
$ |
4,743 |
|
|
$ |
3,331 |
|
Net income |
|
|
1,250 |
|
|
|
3,697 |
|
|
|
3,002 |
|
|
|
2,090 |
|
Net income attributable to NAUH
and Subs |
|
|
1,259 |
|
|
|
3,704 |
|
|
|
2,972 |
|
|
|
2,100 |
|
Net income per share (common): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic undistributed |
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
0.11 |
|
|
|
0.05 |
|
|
|
0.42 |
|
Diluted undistributed |
|
|
n/a |
|
|
|
0.10 |
|
|
|
0.05 |
|
|
|
0.42 |
|
The EPS data for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 and the first quarter ended August 31, 2009
is not applicable as the Company was not a public company and the Companys earnings were only
attributable to Class A shareholders.
Subsequent to the filing of the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2010, the Company
identified errors in the calculation of undistributed earnings per share Class A, basic and
dilutive; distributed earnings per share Common, basic and dilutive; and weighted average
shares outstanding Common, basic and dilutive for the three and nine months periods ended
February 28, 2010.
-112-
The effect of the correction on previously reported earnings per share and related weighted
average shares outstanding are summarized in the following table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
|
February 28, 2010 |
|
|
February 28, 2010 |
|
|
|
As reported |
|
|
As corrected |
|
|
As reported |
|
|
As corrected |
|
Basic EPS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributed earnings |
|
$ |
17.30 |
|
|
|
17.30 |
|
|
$ |
34.61 |
|
|
|
34.61 |
|
Undistributed earnings |
|
$ |
8.08 |
|
|
|
8.16 |
|
|
$ |
37.03 |
|
|
|
37.17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
25.38 |
|
|
$ |
25.46 |
|
|
$ |
71.64 |
|
|
$ |
71.78 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributed earnings |
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
|
|
0.06 |
|
Undistributed earnings |
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
|
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.24 |
|
|
|
0.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
0.08 |
|
|
$ |
0.08 |
|
|
$ |
0.39 |
|
|
$ |
0.30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted EPS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributed earnings |
|
$ |
17.30 |
|
|
$ |
17.30 |
|
|
$ |
34.61 |
|
|
$ |
34.61 |
|
Undistributed earnings |
|
$ |
7.59 |
|
|
$ |
7.66 |
|
|
$ |
36.03 |
|
|
$ |
36.19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
24.89 |
|
|
$ |
24.96 |
|
|
$ |
70.64 |
|
|
$ |
70.80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributed earnings |
|
$ |
0.02 |
|
|
$ |
0.03 |
|
|
$ |
0.12 |
|
|
$ |
0.06 |
|
Undistributed earnings |
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.23 |
|
|
$ |
0.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
0.07 |
|
|
$ |
0.08 |
|
|
$ |
0.35 |
|
|
$ |
0.29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average Shares outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic EPS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A |
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
Common |
|
|
5,206,105 |
|
|
|
5,018,605 |
|
|
|
1,868,858 |
|
|
|
1,801,551 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted EPS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A |
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
|
|
100,000 |
|
Common |
|
|
6,557,798 |
|
|
|
6,370,298 |
|
|
|
2,354,081 |
|
|
|
2,276,277 |
|
On March 23, 2010, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the offer and sale of up to 7,000,000 shares of its Common Stock (1/2
coming from selling stockholders). This sale of 7 million shares closed on June 1, 2010. Also,
pursuant to an option granted by the Company, the underwriters purchased an additional 1,050,000
shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments. The Company received $32,077 in June 2010 which
was net of the underwriters discount. The Company then paid the costs associated with this
registration which included the special dividend of $11,116 and other expenses estimated at $1,500.
The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling stockholders.
The remainder of the proceeds is for growth initiatives (including academic programs, services for
students and faculty and expansion of educational sites) and general corporate purposes.
An additional condo unit in Vista Park was sold in August 2010.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
-113-
Item 9A(T). Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Companys Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the
effectiveness of the Companys disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rules
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of May 31, 2010. Based upon such review, the
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company had in place,
as of May 31, 2010, effective controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required
to be disclosed by the Company (including consolidated subsidiaries) in the reports it files or
submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules thereunder, is
recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities
and Exchange Commissions rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without
limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by
an issuer in reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to
the Companys management, including its principal executive officer or officers and principal
financial officer or officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow
timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act.
The Company was previously a shell company formed to serve as a vehicle for the acquisition of
an operating business. On November 23, 2009, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization,
the Company acquired Dlorah, which operates NAU (the Transaction). Upon the consummation of the
Transaction, the Companys internal controls and management were entirely replaced by those of
Dlorah and NAU. Due to the limited resources of Dlorah and NAU prior to the Transaction and the
limited time remaining from the merger date to the May 31, 2010 year end, it was not practical to
perform and complete an assessment of internal control over financial reporting prior to the year
end. While our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal
control over financial reporting, due to the Transaction and the complete replacement of our
management and internal controls with those of Dlorah and NAU, management has not conducted an
evaluation or assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
This annual report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of the Companys registered
public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Even if the Company
had provided a managements report on internal control over financial reporting, which for the
reasons stated above it did not, the temporary rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission
would allow the Company to omit an attestation report of the Companys registered public accounting
firm regarding internal control over financial reporting.
The Company has engaged independent consultants and firms to assist the management in their
assessment and documentation of the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information
None.
PART III
Certain information required by Part III is incorporated by reference from our definitive
Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the Proxy Statement), which will be
filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after May 31, 2010. Except
for those portions specifically incorporated in this annual report on Form 10-K by reference to our
Proxy Statement, no other portions of the Proxy Statement are deemed to be filed as part of this
Form 10-K.
-114-
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
The information required by this item is omitted herein as the required information will be
included in our Proxy Statement.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The information required by this item is omitted herein as the required information will be
included in our Proxy Statement.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters.
The information required by this item is omitted herein as the required information will be
included in our Proxy Statement.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The information required by this item is omitted herein as the required information will be
included in our Proxy Statement.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
The information required by this item is omitted herein as the required information will be
included in our Proxy Statement.
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)(1) Financial Statements
All required financial statements of the registrant are set forth under Item 8 of this annual
report on Form 10-K.
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedule
The required financial statement schedule of the registrant are not required.
(b) Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated August 7, 2009, by and
among Camden Learning Corporation, Dlorah Subsidiary, Inc. and
Dlorah, Inc. * |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated
August 11, 2009, by and among Camden Learning Corporation, Dlorah
Subsidiary, Inc. and Dlorah, Inc. * |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization, dated October 26, 2009, by and among Camden Learning
Corporation, Dlorah Subsidiary, Inc., and Dlorah, Inc. ** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
Specimen Common Stock Certificate *** |
-115-
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the Warrant Agreement, dated November 23, 2009
between Camden Learning Corporation and Continental Stock Transfer &
Trust Company. *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.2 |
|
|
Securities Escrow Agreement dated November 29, 2007, among Camden
Learning Corporation, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and
certain of the founding stockholders of Camden Learning
Corporation. **** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the Securities Escrow Agreement, dated as of
November 23, 2009, by and among Camden Learning Corporation,
Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and certain of the
founding stockholders of Camden Learning Corporation. *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.4 |
|
|
Lock Up Agreement, effective as of November 23, 2009, by and between
H. & E. Buckingham Limited Partnership and Camden Learning
Corporation. *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
Lock Up Agreement, effective as of November 23, 2009, by and between
Robert D. Buckingham Living Trust and Camden Learning
Corporation. *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2009, by and
among Camden Learning Corporation and each of H. & E. Buckingham
Limited Partnership and Robert D. Buckingham Living Trust. *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 29, 2007, by and
among Camden Learning Corporation and certain of the founding
stockholders of Camden Learning Corporation. **** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
Restricted Stock Agreement, effective as of November 23, 2009,
between Camden Learning Corporation and H. & E. Buckingham Limited
Partnership. *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
Restricted Stock Agreement, effective as of November 23, 2009,
between Camden Learning Corporation and Robert D. Buckingham Living
Trust. *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.10 |
|
|
Restricted Stock Agreement, effective as of November 23, 2009,
between Camden Learning Corporation and Camden Learning, LLC.
*** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.11 |
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the registrants 2009 Stock Option and Compensation Plan. ***** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.12 |
|
|
National American University Holdings, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Compensation Plan. *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.13 |
|
|
Employment Agreement between Dlorah, Inc. and Jerry L. Gallentine, amended and restated September 9, 2003, and further amended
by the First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated November 18, 2009. *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.14 |
|
|
Employment Agreement between Dlorah, Inc. and Robert D. Buckingham, dated January 3, 1995, as amended by the Employment
Agreement Amendment, dated November 18, 2009. *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.15 |
|
|
Termination of Employment Agreement and Release Agreement between Dlorah, Inc. and Robert D. Buckingham, dated effective March
15, 2010. # |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.16 |
|
|
Employment Agreement between Dlorah, Inc. and Ronald Shape, dated November 18, 2009. *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.17 |
|
|
Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued by Camden Learning Corporation to H. & E. Buckingham Limited Partnership on November 23,
2009 in the amount of 2,166,360 warrant shares. *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.18 |
|
|
Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued by Camden Learning Corporation to Robert D. Buckingham Living Trust on November 23, 2009 in
the amount of 633,640 warrant shares. *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.19 |
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement dated November 13, 2009 between Camden Learning Corporation and Bulldog Investors. *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.20 |
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated November 19, 2009 between Camden Learning Corporation and Credit Suisse Securities. *** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.21 |
|
|
Joinder to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 12, 2010 between National American University Holdings, Inc. and
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. on behalf of its investment advisory clients T. Rowe Price Small-Cap Value Fund, Inc. and T. Rowe
Price U.S. Equities Trust. # |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.22 |
|
|
Joinder to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2009 between Camden Learning Corporation and Ashford Capital
Management Inc. # |
-116-
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.23 |
|
|
Joinder to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2009 between Camden Learning Corporation and Granite Point
Capital, LP. # |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.24 |
|
|
Joinder to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2009 between Camden Learning Corporation and Granite Point
Capital Offshore Fund, Ltd. # |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.25 |
|
|
Restricted Stock Award Agreement, dated effective as of March 19, 2010, by and between National American University Holdings,
Inc. and Dr. Ronald Shape. # |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.26 |
|
|
Joinder to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2009 between Camden Learning Corporation and Silver Capital
Fund, LLC ## |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.27 |
|
|
Joinder to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2009 between Camden Learning Corporation and Silver Capital
Fund (Offshore), LTD ## |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.28 |
|
|
Form of Director Indemnification Agreement ****** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.1 |
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant
to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) as adopted pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.2 |
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant
to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) as adopted pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.1 |
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant
to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.2 |
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant
to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
|
* |
|
Incorporated by reference to National American University Holdings, Inc.s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 11, 2009. |
|
** |
|
Incorporated by reference to National American University Holdings, Inc.s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 27, 2009. |
|
*** |
|
Incorporated by reference to National American University Holdings, Inc.s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 30, 2009. |
|
**** |
|
Incorporated by reference to National American University Holdings, Inc.s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 5, 2007. |
|
***** |
|
Incorporated by reference to National American University Holdings, Inc.s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on January 12, 2010. |
|
****** |
|
Incorporated by reference to National American University Holdings, Inc.s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2010. |
|
# |
|
Incorporated by reference to National American University Holdings, Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on March 23, 2010. |
|
## |
|
Incorporated by reference to
National American University Holdings, Inc.s Amendment No. 1 to
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on May 11, 2010. |
-117-
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
National American University Holdings, Inc.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Ronald L. Shape
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Ronald L. Shape, Ed. D. |
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer
(principal executive officer,
principal financial officer and
principal accounting officer) |
|
Dated as of August 18, 2010.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been
signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated
as of August 18, 2010.
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
|
|
/s/ Robert D. Buckingham
Robert D. Buckingham
|
|
Chairman
of the Board of Directors |
|
|
|
/s/ Jerry L. Gallentine
Jerry L. Gallentine, Ph.D.
|
|
President
and Director |
|
|
|
/s/ Therese Crane
Therese Crane, Ed.D.
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
/s/ R. John Reynolds
R. John Reynolds, Ph.D.
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
/s/ Thomas D. Saban
Thomas D. Saban, Ph.D.
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
/s/ David L. Warnock
David L. Warnock
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
/s/ H. Edward Yelick
H. Edward Yelick
|
|
Director |
-118-